Document:

Exhibit
10.35

AECOM TECHNOLOGY
CORPORATION

RETIREMENT & SAVINGS
PLAN

Amended
and Restated Effective October 1, 2001

TABLE OF
CONTENTS

	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Page

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE I

  	
  GENERAL

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  1.1

  	
  History and Purpose of Plan

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  1.2

  	
  Name of the Plan and Trust

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  1.3

  	
  History of Stock Investment Plan

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  1.4

  	
  History of Investment Plan

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  1.5

  	
  Additional Plan Mergers

  	
   

  	
  5

  
	
  1.6

  	
  Effective Date

  	
   

  	
  5

  
	
  1.7

  	
  Special Effective Date Rules

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE II

  	
  DEFINITIONS

  	
   

  	
  7

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE III

  	
  REQUIREMENTS FOR
  ELIGIBILITY

  	
   

  	
  24

  
	
  3.1

  	
  Eligibility

  	
   

  	
  24

  
	
  3.2

  	
  Participation

  	
   

  	
  25

  
	
  3.3

  	
  Corrections of Prior Incorrect Allocations

  	
   

  	
  25

  
	
  3.4

  	
  Military Service

  	
   

  	
  25

  
	
  3.5

  	
  Electronic Media

  	
   

  	
  25

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE IV

  	
  BENEFICIARIES

  	
   

  	
  27

  
	
  4.1

  	
  Beneficiary Designation

  	
   

  	
  27

  
	
  4.2

  	
  Failure to Designate Beneficiary

  	
   

  	
  27

  
	
  4.3

  	
  Beneficiaries’ Rights

  	
   

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE V

  	
  PRE-TAX AND
  AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS

  	
   

  	
  29

  
	
  5.1

  	
  After-Tax Contributions

  	
   

  	
  29

  
	
  5.2

  	
  Pre-Tax Contributions

  	
   

  	
  30

  
	
  5.3

  	
  Limitation on Percentage

  	
   

  	
  32

  
	
  5.4

  	
  Change Suspension or Resumption of Contributions

  	
   

  	
  32

  
	
  5.5

  	
  Rollover Contributions

  	
   

  	
  32

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE VI

  	
  PRIOR ESOP MATCH
  CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

  	
   

  	
  34

  
	
  6.1

  	
  ESOP Match Contributions

  	
   

  	
  34

  
	
  6.2

  	
  Allocation for Years Beginning On and After October
  1, 2001

  	
   

  	
  36

  
					

 

 

 i
 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Page

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6.3

  	
  Limitations on Allocations to Certain Members

  	
   

  	
  37

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE VII

  	
  PARTICIPATING
  COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

  	
   

  	
  38

  
	
  7.1

  	
  Basic Company Match Contributions

  	
   

  	
  38

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE VIII

  	
  INVESTMENT OF
  FUNDS

  	
   

  	
  39

  
	
  8.1

  	
  Plan Assets

  	
   

  	
  39

  
	
  8.2

  	
  Allocation of Contributions (Other than Prior
  ESOPMatch Contributions) to Funds

  	
   

  	
  43

  
	
  8.3

  	
  Change in Investments Options

  	
   

  	
  44

  
	
  8.4

  	
  Transfer Between Funds

  	
   

  	
  44

  
	
  8.5

  	
  Transfers to Common Stock Fund

  	
   

  	
  45

  
	
  8.6

  	
  Limits on Purchase of Common and Preferred
  Stock-Rule 701

  	
   

  	
  46

  
	
  8.7

  	
  Regular Diversification Program

  	
   

  	
  46

  
	
  8.8

  	
  Legal Limitation

  	
   

  	
  49

  
	
  8.9

  	
  Valuations

  	
   

  	
  50

  
	
  8.10

  	
  Separate Accounts

  	
   

  	
  50

  
	
  8.11

  	
  Accounts of Members Transferred to an Affiliated
  Company

  	
   

  	
  50

  
	
  8.12

  	
  Adjustment of Members’ Accounts in the investment
  Funds

  	
   

  	
  50

  
	
  8.13

  	
  Adjustment of Members’ Accounts in the Stocks Funds

  	
   

  	
  51

  
	
  8.14

  	
  Rule 16b-3 Provisions

  	
   

  	
  51

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE IX

  	
  LEGAL LIMITS ON
  CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

  	
   

  	
  53

  
	
  9.1

  	
  Section 401(m) Limitations on After-Tax
  Contributions and Basic Company Match Contributions

  	
   

  	
  53

  
	
  9.2

  	
  Section 401(k) Limitations on Pre-Tax Contributions

  	
   

  	
  56

  
	
  9.3

  	
  Section 401 (m) Limitations on Supplemental Employee
  After-Tax Stock Contributions and Certain ESOP Match Contributions

  	
   

  	
  57

  
	
  9.4

  	
  Section 401 (k) Limitations on Supplemental Employee
  Pre-Tax Stock Contributions

  	
   

  	
  60

  
	
  9.5

  	
  Section 402 (g) Limitations on Pre-Tax Contributions

  	
   

  	
  61

  
	
  9.6

  	
  Limitation on Annual Additions

  	
   

  	
  61

  
	
  9.7

  	
  Limitation on Company Contributions

  	
   

  	
  61

  
					

 

 ii
 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Page

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9.8

  	
  Limitation on Electing Shareholder

  	
   

  	
  62

  
	
  9.9

  	
  Limitations on Investments in Stock Component

  	
   

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE X

  	
  RETIREMENT, DEATH
  DISABILITY AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

  	
   

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.1

  	
  Retirements at 65

  	
   

  	
  63

  
	
  10.2

  	
  Death

  	
   

  	
  63

  
	
  10.3

  	
  Disability

  	
   

  	
  63

  
	
  10.4

  	
  Vesting of Members

  	
   

  	
  63

  
	
  10.5

  	
  Other Termination of Employment

  	
   

  	
  63

  
	
  10.6

  	
  Forfeiture of Non-Vested Amounts

  	
   

  	
  64

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE XI

  	
  WITHDRAWALS
  PRIOR TO TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

  	
   

  	
  65

  
	
  11.1

  	
  Partial Withdrawal of Supplemental Employee
  After-Tax Investment Contributions

  	
   

  	
  65

  
	
  11.2

  	
  Additional Withdrawals

  	
   

  	
  66

  
	
  11.3

  	
  Hardship Withdrawal

  	
   

  	
  66

  
	
  11.4

  	
  Repayment of Withdrawal Amounts Prohibited

  	
   

  	
  68

  
	
  11.5

  	
  Loans to Members

  	
   

  	
  68

  
	
  11.6

  	
  Special in-Service Withdrawal Rules for Spillis and
  Castella Employees

  	
   

  	
  71

  
	
  11.7

  	
  Statutory Diversification

  	
   

  	
  71

  
	
  11.8

  	
  Prior ESOP Match Accounts

  	
   

  	
  71

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE XII

  	
  PAYMENT OF
  BENEFITS

  	
   

  	
  72

  
	
  12.1

  	
  General Limitations

  	
   

  	
  72

  
	
  12.2

  	
  Termination of Employment Benefits

  	
   

  	
  74

  
	
  12.3

  	
  Method of Payment of Profit Sharing Component

  	
   

  	
  74

  
	
  12.4

  	
  Distribution of Stock Component

  	
   

  	
  75

  
	
  12.5

  	
  Lost Member/Beneficiary

  	
   

  	
  79

  
	
  12.6

  	
  Limitation on Distribution from Pre-Tax Accounts

  	
   

  	
  79

  
	
  12.7

  	
  Direct Rollovers

  	
   

  	
  80

  
	
  12.8

  	
  Transfers to Pension Plan

  	
   

  	
  81

  

 

 iii
 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Page

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE XIII

  	
  RIGHTS AND
  OPTIONS CONCERNING DISTRIBUTED SHARES

  	
   

  	
  82

  
	
  13.1

  	
  Right of First Refusal

  	
   

  	
  82

  
	
  13.2

  	
  Put Option

  	
   

  	
  82

  
	
  13.3

  	
  Exercise of Put Option

  	
   

  	
  84

  
	
  13.4

  	
  Other Rights

  	
   

  	
  84

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE XIV

  	
  ADMINISTRATION
  OF THE PLAN

  	
   

  	
  85

  
	
  14.1

  	
  Powers and Duties of the Committee

  	
   

  	
  85

  
	
  14.2

  	
  Powers and Duties of Trustee

  	
   

  	
  85

  
	
  14.3

  	
  Agents; Report of Committees to Board

  	
   

  	
  86

  
	
  14.4

  	
  Structure of Committee

  	
   

  	
  86

  
	
  14.5

  	
  Adoption of Procedures of Committee

  	
   

  	
  86

  
	
  14.6

  	
  Claims for Benefits

  	
   

  	
  86

  
	
  14.7

  	
  Hold harmless

  	
   

  	
  88

  
	
  14.8

  	
  Service of Process

  	
   

  	
  88

  
	
  14.9

  	
  Manner of Administering

  	
   

  	
  88

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE XV

  	
  WITHDRAWAL OF
  PARTICIPATING COMPANY

  	
   

  	
  90

  
	
  15.1

  	
  Withdrawal of Participating Company

  	
   

  	
  90

  
	
  15.2

  	
  Distribution After Withdrawal

  	
   

  	
  90

  
	
  15.3

  	
  Transfer to Successor Plan

  	
   

  	
  90

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE XVI

  	
  AMENDMENT OR
  TERMINATION OF THE PLAN AND TRUST

  	
   

  	
  91

  
	
  16.1

  	
  Right to Amend or Terminate Plan

  	
   

  	
  91

  
	
  16.2

  	
  Retroactivity

  	
   

  	
  91

  
	
  16.3

  	
  Notice

  	
   

  	
  91

  
	
  16.4

  	
  No Further Contributions

  	
   

  	
  92

  
	
  16.5

  	
  Partial Termination

  	
   

  	
  92

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARTICLE XVII

  	
  GENERAL
  LIMITATIONS AND PROVISIONS

  	
   

  	
  93

  
	
  17.1

  	
  All Risk on Members and Beneficiaries

  	
   

  	
  93

  
	
  17.2

  	
  Trust Fund is Sole Source of Benefits

  	
   

  	
  93

  

 

 iv
 

 

	
  

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Page

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  17.3

  	
  No Right to Continued Employment

  	
   

  	
  93

  
	
  17.4

  	
  Payment on Behalf of Payee

  	
   

  	
  93

  
	
  17.5

  	
  Non-Alienation

  	
   

  	
  93

  
	
  17.6

  	
  Required Information

  	
   

  	
  94

  
	
  17.7

  	
  Subject to Trust Agreement

  	
   

  	
  94

  
	
  I7.8

  	
  Communications to Committee

  	
   

  	
  94

  
	
  17.9

  	
  Communications from Participating Company or
  Committee

  	
   

  	
  94

  
	
  17.10

  	
  Genders

  	
   

  	
  94

  
	
  17.11

  	
  Captions

  	
   

  	
  95

  
	
  17.12

  	
  Applicable Law

  	
   

  	
  95

  
	
  17.13

  	
  Exclusive Benefit of Member and Beneficiaries

  	
   

  	
  95

  
	
  17.14

  	
  Fees and Expenses

  	
   

  	
  95

  
	
  17.15

  	
  Voting Rights of Shares or Preferred Stock

  	
   

  	
  96

  
	
  17.16

  	
  Tender or Exchange of Shares or preferred Stock

  	
   

  	
  96

  
	
  17.17

  	
  Merger or Consolidation of Plan

  	
   

  	
  96

  
	
  17.18

  	
  Top-Heavy Provisions

  	
   

  	
  96

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  APPENDIX A

  	
  SPECIAL RULES IN THE EVENT THE PLAN BECOMES TOP
  HEAVY

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  APPENDIX B

  	
  ANNUAL ADDITIONS

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  APPENDIX C

  	
  SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS FOR MEMBERS OF CERTAIN
  ACQUIRED COMPANIES

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  APPENDIX D

  	
  NONDISCRIMINATION LIMITS ON CERTAIN MATCHING STOCK
  CONTRIBUTIONS

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  APPENDIX E

  	
  PRIOR ESOP MATCH STOCK ACCOUNT CONTRIBUTIONS AND
  ALLOCATIONS

  	
   

  	
  1

  

 

 v

ARTICLE I

GENERAL

1.1       History and Purpose of
Plan.

(a)       (1)         The purpose of the AECOM Technology
Corporation Retirement & Savings Plan, formerly the AECOM Technology
Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as originally adopted effective as
of January 1, 1990, was to provide Employees of the Company and other
Participating Companies with the opportunity to obtain beneficial interests in
the stock of the Company as set forth herein and in the Trust adopted as a part
of this Plan. In that connection, the Plan borrowed funds under an Exempt Loan
in 1990 to purchase Shares that were held in the Suspense Subfund to be
released for allocation to Members in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
Said Exempt Loan was repaid in full on March 31, 1998 and all Shares held in
the Suspense Subfund were released as of September 1998. Accordingly, the Plan
was amended to provide for a new allocation formula for years beginning on and
after October 1, 1998 (and a special transitional rule was applicable for the
year ending September 30, 1998). The October 1, 2000 restatement amended and
restated the Plan effective as of October 1, 2000 and reflects the mergers
described in (b) below.

(2)         The
Company expects that the Company’s Class B Common Stock will become publicly
traded on an established securities market. In anticipation thereof, it adopted
a number of amendments effective May 1, 2002. The date such initial public
offering occurs, if it does, shall be referred to as the Effective Date.
Accordingly, the Plan is restated effective as of October 1, 2001 with
substantial changes effective as of May 1, 2002 and the Effective Date.

(b)       Prior to October 1, 2000,
the Company also maintained (1) the AECOM Technology Corporation Stock
Investment Plan (“Stock Investment Plan”) and (2) the AECOM Technology
Corporation 401K Pension Plan and Investment Plan (“Investment Plan”). The
Investment Plan and the Stock Investment Plan merged with and into this Plan
effective as of September 30, 2000 after the allocations required by all three
plans.

(1)         All of the accounts (and
attributable assets) held under the Plan prior to the merger shall be referred
to as “Prior ESOP Match Accounts” and shall be held under the ESOP Component.

(2)         All of the accounts (and attributable assets) held under the Stock
Investment Plan prior to the merger shall be held under a subcomponent of the
ESOP Component referred to as the “Sub-Component”. Accordingly, upon the
merger, the Stock Investment Plan shall cease to be a profit sharing plan and
shall be considered part of a stock bonus plan and employee stock ownership
plan. As set forth in Section l.3(b), the Sub-Component has two parts.

(3)         Except as provided in the next sentence, all of the accounts (and
attributable assets) held under the Investment Plan prior to the merger shall
be held under the Profit Sharing Component. However, the portion of the
Investment Plan invested in

 1
 

 

Common Stock shall be held under the Prior ESOP Match
Account in the ESOP Component.

(c)       (1)         Immediately prior to the merger, this Plan was
amended to create an “ESOP Component” and a separate “Profit Sharing Component.”
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the combined Components constituted a
single plan within the meaning of Section 414(1) of the Code. The Plan and
Trust are intended to qualify as a defined contribution plan (and an eligible
individual account plan, as defined in Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA) which is
qualified and exempt from taxation under Section 401(a) and 501 (a) of the
Code. The Profit Sharing Component (and the Investment Plan and Stock
Investment Plan, as in effect prior to October 1, 2000) is intended to qualify
as a profit sharing plan which may, but need not, invest up to 100% in shares
of stock of the Company which meet the requirements for “qualifying employer
securities” under Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA. The ESOP Component (and the Plan
as in effect prior to October 1, 2000) is intended to qualify as a stock bonus
plan and as an employee stock ownership plan, as defined by Section 4975(e)(7)
of the Code and Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA, designed to invest primarily in
shares of stock of the Company which meet the requirements for “employer
securities” under Section 409(1) of the Code and for “qualifying employer
securities” under Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA, and permitted to incur debt in
order to purchase such shares, and all provisions of the Plan and Trust shall
be construed accordingly. The purpose of both Components is to provide
retirement, disability, death, employment termination, thrift and cash or deferred
arrangement benefits for the Participating Companies’ eligible employees and
their beneficiaries.

(2)         Effective May 1, 2002, the ESOP Component is amended to provide that it
is no longer qualifies as a stock bonus plan or an employee ownership stock plan,
but rather is intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan which may, but need
not, invest up to 100% in shares of stock of the Company which meet the
requirements for “qualifying employer securities” under Section 407(d)(5) of
ERISA. Moreover, the ESOP Component is hereinafter renamed the Stock Component.

(d)       Any reference in this Plan to any section or term shall, to the extent
applicable, be deemed a reference to the appropriate section or term of the
Investment Plan or Stock Investment Plan.

(e)       Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to the extent
consistent with ERISA, the Code, and any other applicable law and the
qualification of the Plan, the Committee (or the Board of Directors) may take
any action or disregard any Plan provisions necessary to comply with any
applicable loan documents.

(f)        All of the assets of the
Plan are invested in various Funds. The Funds consist of (1) various mutual funds or other collective investment funds
that generally do not invest in securities of the Company (“Investment Funds”)
and (2) two Stock Funds designed to invest primarily in Preferred Stock of the
Company or Common Stock of the Company (referred to as the “Preferred Stock
Fund” and “Common Stock Fund”).

(g)       This Plan document supercedes all amendments adopted by the Company
prior to September 1, 2002 with respect to the Plan.

 2
 

 

1.2       Name of the Plan and Trust. The Plan shall be known as the “AECOM Technology Corporation
Retirement & Savings Plan.” The Trust established in connection with this
Plan shall be known as the “AECOM Technology Corporation Retirement &
Savings Plan Trust.”

1.3       History of Stock Investment Plan.

(a)       The Company established the AECOM Technology Corporation Stock
Investment Plan, which allowed for investment in Common Stock of AECOM
Technology Corporation, for the benefit of employees eligible to participate
therein effective as of January 1, 1990. The Company amended and/or restated
the Stock Investment Plan fromtime
to time.

(b)       Sub-Component Parts.
Effective October 1, 1994, the Stock Investment Plan was amended to consist of
Part A and Part B. All Members participated in either Part A or Part B. The
following Members participated in Part B: all Members who are either “accredited
investors” or who are purchasers described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) of Regulation
D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Regulation D”), provided that
the offering of Company Common Stock to the Plan with respect to such Members
is exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation D. All Other Members
participated in Part A. Common stock offered and purchased by the Plan with
respect to Part A Members shall be limited in accordance with Rule 701
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (Rule 701). Except as noted above
and as otherwise expressly set forth in the Plan, the provisions of the Stock
Investment Plan applicable to Members of Part A and Part B were identical. The
provisions of this Section 1.3(b) shall continue to apply to the Sub-Component.

1.4       History of Investment Plan.

(a)       ATEC, Inc. established the Ashland Technology Corp. (Holmes &
Narver, Inc.) Investment Plan originally effective January 1, 1988 for the
benefit of employees eligible to participate therein. Said Plan was amended to
make Ashland Technology Corp. the Sponsoring Company with the right to amend
the Plan. AECOM Technology Corporation is the successor corporation to Ashland
Technology Corp. AECOM Technology Corporation made amendments to the Plan to
incorporate such amendments into a completely restated AECOM Technology Corporation
Investment Plan effective as of January 1, 1990. AECOM Technology Corporation
renamed the Plan as the AECOM Technology Corporation 401K Pension Plan and
Investment Plan and amended and restated the Plan effective as of April 1, 1998
to provide for new types of contributions.

(b)       Merger of DMJM Profit Sharing Plan. Effective as of August 31, 1990, the DMJM Profit Sharing Plan (the “DMJM
Plan”) was merged with and into the Investment Plan and the assets held
pursuant to the DMJM Profit Sharing Plan Trust Agreement were combined with the
Investment Plan Trust Fund and held pursuant to the Investment Plan Trust,
Effective as of said date, every participating company under the DMJM Plan
became a Participating Company and every Employee on August 31, 1990 who was a
member in the DMJM Plan became a Member in the Investment Plan (each such
Member may be referred to hereunder as a “DMJM Member”). The accounts held
under the DMJM Plan were transferred to the applicable accounts under the
Investment Plan and the rights and benefits of DMJM Members were governed by
the Investment Plan.

 3
 

 

(c)       Merger of Envirodyne
Plan. Effective January 1, 1994, the Envirodyne Engineers, Inc. Savings
Plan (“Envirodyne Plan”) was merged into the Investment Plan and the assets held
pursuant to the trust for the Envirodyne Plan were combined with the Investment
Plan Trust Fund and held pursuant to the Investment Plan Trust. Effective as of
said date, every member in the Envirodyne Plan became a Member in the
Investment Plan. (Each such Member shall be referred to as an “Envirodyne
Member.”) The accounts held under the Envirodyne Plan were transferred to the
applicable accounts under the Investment Plan and the rights and benefits of
Envirodyne Members were governed by the Investment Plan.

(d)       Merger of TCB Plan.
Effective June 30, 1996, the Turner Collie Braden Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (“TCB
Plan”) was merged into the Investment Plan and the assets held pursuant to the
trust for the TCB Plan were combined with the Investment Plan Trust Fund and
held pursuant to the Investment Plan Trust. Effective as of said date, every
member in the TCB Plan became a Member in the Investment Plan. (Each such
Member shall be referred to as a “TCB Member”.) The accounts held under the TCB
Plan were transferred to the applicable accounts under the Investment Plan and
the rights and benefits of TCB Members were governed by the Investment Plan.

(e)       Merger of McClier Plan.
Effective January 1, 1997, the McClier Corporation 401(k) Plan (“McClier Plan”)
was merged into the Investment Plan and the assets held pursuant to the trust
for the McClier Plan were combined with the Investment Plan Trust Fund and held
pursuant to the Investment Plan Trust. Effective as of said date, every
participant in the McClier Plan (a “McClier Member”) who was not previously a
Member in the Investment Plan became a Member. The accounts held under the
McClier Plan were transferred to the applicable accounts under the Investment
Plan and the rights and benefits of McClier Members were governed by the
Investment Plan.

(f)        Transfer of Assets and
Liabilities from Day & Zimmermann Plan. Effective in August 1999, the
accounts (both assets and liabilities) of employees of Day & Zimmermann
Infrastructure, Inc. held in the Day & Zimmermann,
Inc. Retirement Plan (“D & Z
Plan”) were transferred to the investment Plan and the Trust Fund and held
pursuant to the Investment Plan Trust. Effective as of said date, every member
in the D & Z Plan whose accounts were transferred became a Member in the Investment
Plan. (Each such Member shall be referred to as a “D & Z Member.”) The
accounts held under the D & Z Plan were transferred to the applicable
accounts under the Investment Plan and the rights and benefits of D & Z
Members were governed by the Investment Plan.

(g)       Merger of W.F. Castella
Plan. Effective September 1, 1999, the W.F. Castella & Associates Employees’ 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan and Trust (“Castella Plan”) was merged into the Investment Plan
and the assets held pursuant to the trust for the Castella Plan were combined
with the Investment Plan Trust Fund and held pursuant to the Investment Plan
Trust. Effective as of said date, every member in the Castella Plan became a
Member in the Investment Plan. (Each such Member shall be referred to as a “Castella
Member.”) The accounts held under the Castella Plan were transferred to the
applicable accounts under the Investment Plan and the rights and benefits of
Castella Members were governed by the Investment Plan.

 4
 

 

(h)       Merger of Spillis
Candela Plan. Effective November 1, 1999, the Spillis Candela &
Partners Employees Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan (“Spillis Plan”) was merged
into the Investment Plan and the assets held pursuant to the trust for the
Spillis Plan were combined with the Investment Plan Trust Fund and held
pursuant to the Investment Plan Trust. Effective as of said date, every member
in the Spillis Plan became a Member in the Investment Plan. (Each such Member
shall be referred to as a “Spillis Member.”) The accounts held under the Spillis
Plan were transferred to the applicable accounts under the Investment Plan and
the rights and benefits of Spillis Members were governed by the Investment
Plan.

(i)        Transfer of Assets and
Liabilities from Aqua Alliance Plan. Effective in June - July 2000, the
accounts (both assets and liabilities) of employees of Metcalf & Eddy, Inc.
held in the Aqua Alliance Inc. Retirement Savings Plan (“Aqua Alliance Plan”)
were transferred to the Investment Plan and Trust Fund and held pursuant to the
Investment Plan Trust. Effective as of said date, every member in the Aqua
Alliance Plan whose accounts were transferred became a Member in the Investment
Plan. (Each such Member shall be referred to as a “M & E Member.”) The accounts held under the Aqua Alliance
Plan were transferred to the applicable Accounts under the Investment Plan and
the rights and benefits of M & E Members were governed by the Investment
Plan.

1.5       Additional Plan Mergers.

(a)       Merger of Design
Alliance Plan. Effective as of December 14, 2001, the Design Alliance
401(k) Plan (“Design Alliance Plan”) was merged into the Profit Sharing
Component of this Plan and the assets held pursuant to the trust for the Design
Alliance Plan were combined with the Profit Sharing Component Trust Fund and
held pursuant to the trust for that component. Effective as of said date, every
participant in the Design Alliance Plan (a “Design Alliance Member”) who was
not previously a Member in the Plan became a Member. The accounts held under
the Design Alliance Plan were transferred to the applicable accounts under the
Plan and the rights and benefits of Design Alliance Members were governed by
the Plan.

(b)       Merger of Cotton Bridges
Plan. Effective as of April 12, 2002, the Cotton Bridges 401(k) Plan (“Cotton
Bridges Plan”) was merged into the Profit Sharing Component of this Plan and
the assets held pursuant to the trust for the Cotton Bridges Plan were combined
with the Profit Sharing Component Trust Fund and held pursuant to the trust for
that component. Effective as of said date, every participant in the Cotton
Bridges Plan (a “Cotton Bridges Member”) who was not previously a Member in the
Plan became a Member. The accounts held under the Cotton Bridges Plan were
transferred to the applicable accounts under the Plan and the rights and
benefits of Cotton Bridges Members were governed by the Plan.

1.6       Effective Date. The
effective date of this restatement is October 1, 2001. The Plan described
herein shall amend and supersede, as of October 1, 2001, all provisions in the
Plan, except as otherwise provided herein and further excepting that the rights
of former Members who terminated employment or retired prior to October 1,
2001, or made a total withdrawal prior to October 1, 2001 while employed, shall
be governed by the terms of the plan in effect at the time of termination of
employment or retirement, or the total withdrawal, unless otherwise provided
herein. In addition, except as expressly set forth herein, any allocations or

 5
 

other actions taken prior to October 1, 2001 shall be
governed by the terms of the applicable plan then in effect.

1.7       Special Effective Date
Rules. To the extent that (1) the Investment Plan or Stock Investment Plan,
(2) any plan described in this Article I which was merged into the Investment
Plan or (3) any plan which was merged into this Plan (collectively the “Prior
Plans”) were not amended to apply with a provision of Section 401 (a) of the
Code (or any other tax-qualification rule) prior to the merger of the
applicable Prior Plan, the applicable Prior Plan is hereby amended by adding
(or replacing the applicable provision of the Prior Plan) the sections of this
Plan document addressing such Code provisions. Such changes constitute an
amendment of said Prior Plan, effective as of the effective date of the
applicable Code provisions.

 6
 

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

2.1       As used in the Plan:

(a)       “Account” or “Accounts”
shall mean all of the separate accounts maintained for each Member under the
Plan. Any of the Accounts (or subaccounts) may have subaccounts. The Accounts
include the following:

(1)         Basic
Company Match Account, which shall include a subaccount entitled the Basic
Company Match Investment Account (to the extent invested in Investment Funds)
and a subaccount entitled the Basic Company Match Stock Account (to the extent
invested in Stock Funds). This Account is credited with Basic Company Match
Contributions on and after April 1, 1998, together with the allocations thereto
as required by the Plan.

(2)         Basic
Employee After-Tax Account, which shall include a subaccount entitled the Basic
Employee After-Tax Investment Account (to the extent invested in Investment
Funds) and a subaccount entitled the Basic Employee After-Tax Stock Account (to
the extent invested in Stock Funds). This Account is credited with the Member’s
Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions in accordance with Section 5.1(b),
together with the allocations thereto as required by the Plan.

(3)         Basic
Employee Pre-Tax Account, which shall include a subaccount entitled the Basic
Employee Pre-Tax Investment Account (to the extent invested in Investment
Funds) and a subaccount entitled the Basic Employee Pre-Tax Stock Account (to
the extent invested in Stock Funds). This Account is credited with the Member’s
Basic Employee Pre-Tax Contributions in accordance with Section 5.2(b),
together with the allocations thereto as required by the Plan.

(4)         Prior
Employer Contribution Account, which shall include a subaccount entitled the
Prior Employer Contribution Investment Account (to the extent invested in Investment
Funds) and a subaccount entitled the Prior Employer Contribution Stock Account
(to the extent invested in Stock Funds). The Prior Employer Contribution
Investment Account is credited with (i) employer matching contributions made
under the Investment Plan with respect to Compensation carried before the
beginning of the first payroll period commencing on or after April 1, 1990; and
(ii) any amounts transferred from any other plan merged into the Profit Sharing
Component that were held under a matching account with respect to the prior
plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amounts forfeited under the Prior
Employer Contribution Investment Account before October 1, 2000 that are
allocated to Members shall be invested in the Common Stock Fund of the Investment
Plan and, effective October 1, 2000, were transferred to the Prior ESOP Match
Account. The Prior Employer Contribution Stock Account is credited with
Stepovers from either (i) the Prior Employer Contribution Investment Account or
(2) a matching account in any other plan merged into the Profit Sharing
Component (or Investment Plan).

 7
 

 

(5)         Prior
ESOP Match Account. This Account is credited with ESOP Match Contributions
under Article VII, together with the allocations thereto required by this Plan.
Prior ESOP Match Accounts shall automatically be invested in Common Stock Fund,
and, except as set forth in Section 8.7(c), such amounts may not be transferred
to any other Fund. These Accounts include the Common Stock transferred from the
Investment Plan on October 1, 2000; if the Member is not vested in the Prior
ESOP Match Account, such Common Stock transferred on such date (but not
thereafter) shall be 100% vested and shall be separately accounted for in a
subaccount until the Member is vested in the Prior ESOP Match Account.

(6)         Prior
ESOP Match Transfer Account. This Account is credited with any transfers from
the Prior ESOP Match Account pursuant to Sections 8.7(c) or (d). This Account
shall be considered part of the Profit Sharing Component (and shall be subject
to the investment and distribution rules set forth in Articles VIII and XII
applicable to the Profit Sharing Component), but shall have the same vesting
schedule as the Prior ESOP Match Account, and may be withdrawn or borrowed only
to the extent set forth in Article 11.

(7)         Rollover
Account, which shall include a subaccount entitled the Rollover Investment
Account (to the extent invested in Investment Funds) and a subaccount entitled
the Rollover Stock Account (to the extent invested in Stock Funds). Each of
said Rollover Accounts may also be divided into Pre-Tax and After-Tax Accounts.
This account is credited with the amount, if any, received by the Plan in
accordance with Section 5.5 as a rollover contribution, together with the
allocations thereto as required by the Plan.

(8)         Supplemental
Employee After-Tax Account, which shall include a subaccount entitled the
Supplemental Employee After-Tax Investment Account (to the extent invested in
Investment Funds) and a subaccount entitled the Supplemental Employee After-Tax
Stock Account (to the extent invested in Stock Funds). This Account is credited
with the Member’s Supplemental After-Tax Contributions in accordance with
Section 5.1(a), together with the allocations thereto as required by the Plan.

(9)         Supplemental
Employee Pre-Tax Account, which shall include a subaccount entitled the
Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Investment Account (to the extent invested in
Investment Funds) and a subaccount entitled the Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax
Stock Account (to the extent invested in Stock Funds). This Account is credited
with the Member’s Supplemental Pre-Tax Contributions in accordance with Section
5.2(a), together with the allocations thereto as required by the Plan.

(b)       “Affiliate” or “Affiliated
Company” shall mean any entity affiliated with the Sponsoring Company
within the meaning of Sections 4l4(b), (c) or (m) of the Code, or under
regulations, if any, prescribed under Section 414(o) of the Code, except that
for purposes of applying the provisions of Appendix B with respect to the
limitation on Annual Additions, Section 415(h) of the Code shall apply.
However, an entity shall only be an Affiliate during the period it is so
affiliated with the Sponsoring Company.

 8
 

 

(c)       “After-Tax Contributions”
shall mean an amount that a Member elects to have deducted from his salary or
wages on an after-tax basis in accordance with Section 5.1. After-Tax
Contributions shall be made by payroll deductions in accordance with the
arrangements between Members and the Participating Company. After-Tax
Contributions equal the sum of Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions (which
are either Basic Employee After-Tax Investment Contributions, if invested in
Investment Funds, or Basic Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions, if invested
in Stock Funds) and Supplemental Employee After-Tax Contributions (which are
either Supplemental Employee After-Tax Investment Contributions, if invested in
Investment Funds, or Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions, if
invested in Stock Funds).

(d)       “Associate Group”
shall mean Members who are senior associates, associate principals or assistant
vice presidents, in each case as designated by the president of the Sponsoring
Company or another Participating Company. However, any officers or persons with
the title of vice president or above shall not be members of the Associate
Group.

(e)       “Anniversary Date”
shall mean the last day of each Plan Year.

(f)        “Basic Accounts”
shall mean the Basic Employee Pre-Tax Account, Basic Employee After-Tax Account
and Basic Company Match Account.

(g)       “Basic Contributions”
shall mean Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions, Basic Employee Pre-Tax
Contributions and Basic Company Match Contributions.

(h)       “Basic Company Match
Contributions” are defined in Section 7.1.

(i)        “Beneficiary” shall
mean the person or persons entitled to receive benefits which are payable under
the Plan upon or after a Member’s death as provided under Article IV.

(j)        “Board of Directors”
shall mean the Board of Directors of the Sponsoring Company, or a committee
appointed to act for the Board of Directors with regard to this Plan.

(k)       “Break in Service”
shall mean a calendar year during which the Employee has not completed more
than 500 Hours of Service. For purposes of determining whether a Termination of
Service results in Break in Service in a Plan Year, it shall mean a Plan Year
during which the Employee has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

(l)        “Cash-Out Amount”
shall mean (1) prior October 1, 1997, $3,500 and (ii) October 1, 1997, and
thereafter, $5,000.

(m)      “Catch-up Contributions”
are Pre-Tax Contributions defined in Section 5.2(f).

(n)       “Code” shall mean
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. References to
any Section of the Code shall include any successor provision thereto.

(o)       “Committee” shall
mean the committee provided for in Article XII. For purposes of the Act, the
Committee shall be a named fiduciary.

 9
 

 

(p)       “Common Stock” shall
mean, prior to the Effective Date, the common stock of the Sponsoring Company.
Effective as of the Effective Date, all Common Stock held immediately prior to
Effective Date shall be converted to a pro rata amount of Class A-l, A-2 and
A-3 Common Stock in accordance with the applicable transaction documents; at such
times as the trading restrictions on Class A-l, A-2 and A-3 shares,
respectively, lapse, the applicable Class A shares as to which the restrictions
have lapsed shall be converted into Class-B shares. However, unless noted
otherwise, any additional Common Stock acquired on or after the Effective Date
(whether by virtue of Stepovers, rollovers or After-Tax or Pre-Tax
Contributions, but excluding the shares converted into Class A shares on the
Effective Date in accordance with the preceding sentence) shall be Class B
Shares. Effective as of the Lapse Date, Common Stock shall mean Class B Common
Stock of the Sponsoring Company.

(q)       “Common Stock Deferrals”
shall mean (1) a Member’s Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions
and Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions made with respect to
Compensation paid during the Plan Year, plus (2) any pre-tax deferrals made by
such Member under the Stock Purchase Plan with respect to Compensation paid
during the Plan Year to the extent the Member’s deferrals give rise to Common
Stock units, as opposed to Preferred Stock units (but, as described in the last
paragraph of this subsection, excluding any contributions to the Stock Purchase
Plan relating to Compensation in excess of the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit
set forth in the definition of Compensation). Common Stock Deferrals shall not
include any amounts invested in Preferred Stock Fund or Preferred Stock units.
Common Stock Deferrals shall not include any Basic Employee After-Tax Stock
Contributions or Basic Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, for purposes of calculating ESOP Match Contributions and
allocations to the Prior ESOP Match Accounts, the amount of Common Stock
Deferrals for any Plan Year or any other 12-month period shall be limited by
the Match Limit set forth in the definition of Share Purchases.

For all purposes of this
subsection, a Member’s Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Contributions,
Supplemental Employee After-Tax Contributions and deferrals to the Stock Purchase
Plan will be taken into account only to the extent they do not exceed an amount
equal to 15% of the Member’s Statutory Compensation for the Plan Year, as
limited by the Code Section 401(a)(17) Compensation limit, regardless of when
such contributions are made during the Plan Year. If the 15% Statutory
Compensation limit in a Plan Year is exceeded, contributions and deferrals
shall be taken into account in the following order: (1) Common Stock Deferrals
(counting amounts attributable to the Sub-Component before amounts attributable
to the Stock Purchase Plan) and (2) deferrals and contributions to the Profit
Sharing Component.

(r)        “Common Stock Fund”
is defined in Section 8. l(a).

(s)       “Company” shall mean
the Sponsoring Company and each other Participating Company, or any of them.

(t)        “Compensation”
shall mean the base salary and base wages paid by a Participating Company to an
Eligible Employee during the Plan Year for the period while such Eligible
Employee has been a Member of the Plan including payroll continuation for
sickness, overtime pay, shift premium, contract completion bonuses, incentive
compensation bonuses, severance pay (except as provided in clause (vii) below),
vacation pay (except as described in

 10
 

 

clause (iii) below, including payments for unused vacation), any
Pre-Tax Contributions and any amounts contributed on behalf of the Member to
plan described in Sections 125 or 132(f)(4) of the Code, payments for living or
other allowances by reason of domestic assignment and, prior to July 1, 1998,
moving expense reimbursements paid through payroll; provided, however,
Compensation shall not include (i) amounts contributed by a Participating
Company or Affiliated Company under any employee benefit plan (other than
Pre-Tax Contributions) or to a plan described in Code Section 125), (ii)
allowances paid by reason of foreign assignment, which are not a part of such
Member’s base United States salary as determined by the Sponsoring Company,
(iii) payments for unused vacation, living or other allowance by reason of
foreign assignment, (iv) educational or other reimbursements (including (A)
prior to July 1, 1998, moving expense reimbursements not paid through payroll
and (B) all moving expense reimbursements thereafter), (v) taxable noncash
fringe benefit income, (vi) remuneration determined to be disregarded under
this paragraph by the Sponsoring Company under rules uniformly applicable to
all Employees similarly situated, and (vii) severance pay paid (x) for Members
who terminated employment prior to October 1, 1998, after the earlier of 60
days after termination of employment or the end of the Plan Year in which
termination occurs and (y) for all Members who terminated employment after
September 30, 1998, after 30 days after termination of employment.
Distributions from the Stock Purchase Plan are not Compensation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount of a
Member’s Compensation which shall be taken into account under the Plan for any
Plan Year shall be (1) $200,000 for Plan Years beginning on or after October 1,
1989, (2) $150,000 for Plan Years beginning on or after October 1, 1994, and
(3) $200,000 for Plan Years beginning on or after October 1, 2002. Such amounts
shall be adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Section
401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. For any Plan Year of fewer than 12 months, this
limit shall be reduced to the amount obtained by multiplying the limit by a
fraction having a numerator equal to the number of full months in the Plan Year
and a denominator equal to 12.

In the case of any Member whose annual rate of
Compensation would otherwise exceed the limitations of Code Section 401(a)(17),
the Compensation taken into account under the Plan during a payroll period
shall be reduced to any extent necessary to cause (1) the sum of the Member’s
Supplemental Employee After-Tax Contributions and Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax
Contributions for the payroll period to equal fifteen percent (15%) of his/her
aggregate Compensation for the payroll period, (2) the sum of the Member’s
Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions plus Basic Employee Pre-Tax
Contributions for the payroll period to equal 1-1/2% of his/her aggregate
Compensation for the payroll period, and (3) the sum of the amounts described
in the preceding clauses (1) and (2) for the payroll period to equal 16-1/2%of his/her aggregate Compensation for the
payroll period. Such reduction of Compensation taken into account shall
continue during the Plan Year until no further reduction is required to meet
the limitation of Code Section 401(a)(17). Such contributions by Members shall
be made pursuant to uniform rules prescribed by the Committee.

(u)       Finally, Compensation shall
not include any amounts taken into account under, or distributed from, the
Company’s Global Stock Investment Plan, Australian Stock Investment Plan or any
other foreign pension, savings or similar plan.

 11
 

 

(v)       “Disability” shall
mean physical and/or mental incapacity of such a nature that it qualifies a
Member for the receipt of benefits under a long term disability welfare plan
maintained by a Participating Company.

(w)      “Effective Date”
shall mean the date the Class B Common Stock of the Company becomes publicly
traded.

(x)       “Eligible Employee”
shall mean a person who is an Employee of a Company, excluding (i) any leased
employee described in Section 414(n) of the Code, (ii) any Employee who is
included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement
between employee representatives and one or more Participating Companies unless
such bargaining agreement specifically provides otherwise, (iii) any Employee
who is compensated on an hourly rate or other rate basis if such Employee is
not included in a designated eligible payroll classification code so designated
by the Sponsoring Company and (iv) any person who is a non-resident alien who
receives no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911 (b)) from
sources within the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective
April 1, 1993, except for purposes of the Profit Sharing Component, employees
of Frederic R. Harris (Holland) B.V. who are non-resident aliens with no income
from sources within the United States (“Harris (Holland) Individuals”), shall
nevertheless be considered “Eligible Employees” under this Plan if they have
elected to participate in the Plan (on forms provided by the Committee); such
electing employees may subsequently agree (on forms provided by the Committee)
to irrevocably opt out of participation, such agreement to be effective upon
receipt. For purposes of this subsection, a United States citizen who is an
employee (i) of a foreign subsidiary (as defined in Section 3121 (1)(8) of the
Code) of a domestic Participating Company which is the subject of an agreement
entered into by such domestic Participating Company under Section 3121(1)(8) of
the Code and as to whom contributions under a funded plan of deferred
compensation are not provided by any person other than such domestic
Participating Company with respect to the remuneration paid to such United States
citizen by such foreign subsidiary, or (ii) of a domestic subsidiary (as
defined in Section 407(a)(2)(A) of the Code) of a domestic Participating
Company and as to whom contributions under a funded plan of deferred
compensation are not provided by any person other than such domestic
Participating Company with respect to the remuneration paid to such United
States citizen by such domestic subsidiary, shall be deemed to be an employee
of such domestic Participating Company. For purposes of this subsection, under
rules of general application, a former employee of a Participating Company who
is temporarily on leave of absence from employment with such Participating
Company in order to render services to an Affiliated Company or other affiliate
of a Participating Company, may be deemed an Eligible Employee of such
Participating Company during such absence if such absence is determined by the
Sponsoring Company to be in the interest of a Participating Company or an
Affiliated Company.

(y)       “Eligible Member”
shall mean a Member who is an Eligible Employee during the Plan Year.

(z)       “Employee”.

(1)         Employee shall mean each
person employed by the Company or an Affiliate as a common law employee,
including any leased employee described in Section 414(n) 

 12
 

 

of the Code and any other individual required to be treated as employed
by the Company or an Affiliate under Section 414(o) of the Code.

(2)         (i)     An
individual shall not be an “Employee” if he meets any of the following:

(A)     the individual was performing
services for any Participating Company under an agreement, contract, or any
other arrangement pursuant to which the individual is characterized or
classified by the Participating Company as an independent contractor (or an
employee of an independent contractor) or leased employee,

(B)      the individual’s payments
for services for any Participating Company have not been initially treated by
any Participating Company as subject to wage withholding under the Code and
applicable state law,

(C)      any individual who was not
initially classified by a Participating Company as a common law employee of a
Participating Company,

(D)      any individual who was
initially classified as a Leased Employee, or

(E)      any other individual who was
leased by a Participating Company from an entity that is the individual’s
employer of record.

(ii)       Notwithstanding paragraph
(1) above, if the Company determines or agrees that the classification or
treatment was incorrect and that the individual was or is in fact a common law
employee, such an individual shall not be an Employee (or Eligible Employee or
Member) either retroactive or prospectively; however, if the Company informs
the individual in writing that he is an Employee for purposes of the Plan, he
shall be an Employee with respect to service after the date specified in such
writing.

(iii)      Solely for purposes of the
requirements of Section 414(n)(3) of the Code (but only to the extent they
relate to this Plan), including counting service for vesting, “Employee shall
also mean (A) any individual described in the preceding paragraph (i) who is in
fact a common law employee and (B) Leased Employees. However, such persons
shall not be Employees for any other purpose (or Eligible Employees), unless so
notified as set forth in paragraph (ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the
Leased Employees constitute less than twenty percent (20%) of the Participating
Companies’ non-highly compensated work force within the meaning of Section
414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code, “Employee” shall not include Leased Employees
covered by a plan described in Section 414(n)(5) of the Code unless otherwise
provided in the Plan.

 13
 

 

(iv)      The foregoing sets forth a
clarification of the intention of the Company regarding participation in the
Plan for any Plan Year, including Plan Years prior to the date of this
restatement.

(aa)     “ERISA” or “Act”
shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from
time to time. References to any Section of ERISA shall include any successor
provision thereto.

(bb)    “ESOP Match Contribution”
is defined in Section 6.1 (a) (2).

(cc)     “Exempt Loan” shall
mean any loan to the Plan or Trust not prohibited by Section 4975(c) of the
Code and Section 406 of ERISA because the loan meets the requirements set forth
in Section 4975(d)(3) of the Code and Section 408(b)(3) of ERISA, and the
regulations promulgated thereunder, the proceeds of which loan are used to
finance the acquisition of Shares or refinance or repay such a loan. The Plan
entered into an Exempt Loan in 1990; said Exempt Loan was repaid in 1998. No
additional Exempt Loans have been entered into since that date. As of May 1,
2002, the Plan may not enter into an Exempt Loan.

(dd)    “Forfeiture” shall mean
the portion of a Member’s Account which is forfeited under the Plan.

(ee)     “Funds” shall mean the
Funds set forth in Section 8.1, that is, the Investment Funds, the Common Stock
Fund and the Preferred Stock Fund.

(ff)      “Highly Compensation
Employee” shall mean:

(1)         Any
Employee who performs services for the Company or any Affiliate (1) was a 5%
owner of the Company or any Affiliate at any time during the current or prior
Plan Year or (2) for the preceding Plan Year, received compensation from the
Company or any Affiliate in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section
415(d) of the Code) and was a member of the “top-paid group” for such year.

(2)         Any
former Employee who separated from service (or was deemed to have separated)
prior to the current Plan Year, who performs no services for the Company or any
Affiliated Company during the current Plan Year, and who was a Highly
Compensated Employee for the year of his separation or any year after he
attained age 55.

(3)         The
“top-paid group” for a Plan Year shall consist of the top 20% of Employees
ranked on the basis of compensation received duringthe year excluding Employees described in Section 414(q)(5)
of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder. For purposes of this
definition of “Highly Compensated Employee”, “compensation” means Statutory
Compensation.

(4)         This
definition of “Highly Compensated Employee” shall be effective for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1997, except that for purposes of determining
if an Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee in 1997, this definition will
be treated as having been in effect in 1996.

 14
 

 

(gg)    “Hour of Service” shall
mean, with respect to each Employee:

(1)         Each
hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance
of duties for the Company or an Affiliate during a Plan Year.

(2)         Except
as otherwise provided in this paragraph (2) each hour for which an Employee is
paid, or entitled to payment from the Company or an Affiliate on account of a
period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether
the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness,
incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of
absence. The following rules shall apply for purposes of this paragraph (2):

(i)              No
more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph (2) to an
Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee
performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single Plan Year).

(ii)             Hours
of Service shall not be credited on account of a period during which an
Employee is paid or entitled to payment and with respect to which no duties are
performed, if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for
the purpose of complying with applicable worker’s compensation, or unemployment
compensation or disability insurance laws, or if the payment merely reimburses
the Employee for a medical or medically related expense incurred by the
employee.

(iii)            For purposes of this paragraph (2) a
payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Company or an Affiliate
regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Company or an
Affiliate directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund or
insurer, to which the Company or an Affiliate pays premiums and regardless of
whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer or other entity
are for the benefit of a particular Employee or are on behalf of a group of
Employees in the aggregate.

(3)         Solely
for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred with
respect to the determination of whether an Employee is eligible to participate
and with respect to the determination of the vested amount of a Member’s
Account, hours credited in connection with Family Leave (as hereinafter
defined) in conformity with the following rules:

(i)              The
term “Family Leave” means any period for which an Employee takes a leave of
absence in accordance with the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 or the
Employee is absent from work by reason of that employee’s pregnancy, by reason
of the birth of a child of that employee, by reason of that Employee adopting a
child, or by reason of that employee caring for his child immediately after the
child’s birth or adoption.

(ii)             An
Employee absent from work due to a Family Leave shall be credited with the
number of Hours of Service he normally would have incurred but for the Family
Leave; or, if the Committee is unable to determine this

 15

amount, then the Employee shall be credited with eight
Hours of Service for each day he normally would have worked but for the Family
Leave.

(iii)            The maximum number of Hours of Service
credited under this paragraph (3) shall not exceed 501 hours. Hours of Service
so credited shall only be applied to the Plan Year in which the Family Leave
begins, unless such Hours of Service are not required to prevent the Employee
from incurring a Break in Service. If the Hours of Service which would
otherwise be credited under this paragraph (3) in the Plan Year in which the
Family Leave begins are not required to prevent the Employee from incurring a
Break in Service, then such Hoursof Service shall be credited to the
Employee in the immediately following Plan Year.

(iv)            No
Hour of Service shall be credited under this paragraph (3) unless the Employee
provides proof to the Committee that his absence from work was due to a Family
Leave and provides proof to the Committee of the number of days he was absent
due to the Family Leave. The Committee shall prescribe uniform and
nondiscriminatory procedures by which to make the above determinations.

(4)         Each
hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either
awarded or agreed to by the Company or an Affiliate. The same Hours of Service
shall not be credited under paragraphs (1), (2), (3) and under this paragraph
(4). The crediting of Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with
respect to periods described in paragraph (2) shall be subject to the limitations
described in paragraph (2).

The crediting of Hours of Service shall be subject to
all the rules contained in Department of Labor Regulations Section
2530.200b-2(b) and (c), which are incorporated herein by reference. For
purposes of determining an Employee’s Hours of Service, an Employee who is
credited with one Hour of Service in a month, shall be credited with 190 Hours
of Service. In no event shall an Employee receive credit for an hour under more
than one of the foregoing paragraphs.

(hh)    “Investment Funds”
shall mean all Funds other than the Common Stock Fund and Preferred Stock Fund.

(ii)       “Investment Manager”
shall mean any party that: (i) is (A) registered as an investment advisor under
the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or (B) a bank (as defined in the
Investment Advisors Act of 1940), or (C) an insurance company qualified to
manage, acquire and dispose of Plan assets under the laws of more than one
state; (ii) acknowledges in writing that it is a fiduciary with respect to the
Plan; and (iii) is granted the power to manage, acquire or dispose of any asset
of the Plan.

(jj)       “Investment Plan”
shall mean the AECOM Technology Corporation 401K Pension Plan and Investment
Plan, as in effect from time to time prior to October 1, 2000. Upon its merger
into this Plan, said plan (excluding the portion invested in Common Stock)
became the Profit Sharing Component.

 16
 

(kk)     “Lapse Date” shall
mean the date the trading restrictions on Class A-3 Shares lapse (approximately
540 days after the Effective Date).

(ll)       “Member” shall mean
an eligible Employee who becomes a Member of the Plan as provided in Article
III of the Plan. A Member ceases to be a Member when all amounts in his
Accounts to which he is entitled under the Plan have been distributed in accordance
with the Plan.

(mm)   “Non-Highly Compensated
Employee” shall mean, with respect to a Plan Year, any Employee eligible to
make contributions under Article V of the Plan at any time during such Plan
Year who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

(nn)    “Participating Company”
shall mean the Sponsoring Company or any subsidiary or division of, or other
corporation or entity affiliated or associated with, the Sponsoring Company,
the board of directors or equivalent governing body of which shall adopt the
Plan and Trust Agreement by appropriate action with the written consent of the
Board of Directors. By its adoption of the Plan, a Participating Company shall
be deemed to appoint the Sponsoring Company its exclusive agent to exercise on
its behalf all of the power and authority conferred by the Plan or by the Trust
Agreement upon the Company and accepts the delegation to the Committee and the
Trustee of all the power and authority conferred upon them by the Plan and the
Trust Agreement. The authority of the Sponsoring Company, the Committee and the
Trustee to act as such agent or in accordance with such delegation shall
continue until the Plan is terminated as to the Participating Company and the
relevant Trust Fund assets have been distributed by the Trustee as provided in
the Plan. Unless the context indicates otherwise, Participating Company shall
include the Sponsoring Company.

(oo)    “Pension Plan” shall
mean AECOM Technology Corporation Pension Plan.

(pp)    “Plan” shall mean the
AECOM Technology Corporation Retirement & Savings Plan. Prior to May 1,
2002, it was named the AECOM Technology Corporation Employee Stock Ownership
Plan.

(qq)    “Plan Year” shall mean
the period beginning on October 1 and ending on September 30.

(rr)      “Preferred Stock”
shall mean Series A Preferred Stock of the Sponsoring Company. Prior to the
Effective Date, Matched Preferred Stock shall mean Preferred Stock acquired by
virtue of a transfer from the Common Stock Fund to the Preferred Stock Fund and
Unmatched Preferred Stock shall mean Preferred Stock transferred from the
Profit Sharing Component. All Preferred Stock received as dividends paid in
kind on either Matched or Unmatched Preferred Stock shall be Unmatched
Preferred Stock. After the Effective Date, Preferred Stock shall no longer be
designated as either Matched or Unmatched.

(ss)     “Preferred Stock Fund”
is defined in Section 8.l(d). It is part of the Sub-Component of the Stock
Component. Any Preferred Stock allocated to a Member is allocated to the
Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock Account, Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax
Stock Account, Prior Employer Contribution Stock Account and/or Rollover Stock
Account.

 17
 

(tt)      “Pre-Tax Contributions”
shall mean an amount contributed to the Plan in lieu of being paid to the
Member as salary or wages in accordance with Section 5.2. Pre-Tax Contributions
shall be made under salary reduction arrangements between each Member and the
Participating Company with respect to salary or wages not yet paid or otherwise
available to the Member as of the date of the Member’s election under the
arrangement. Pre-Tax Contributions equal the sum of Basic Employee Pre-Tax
Contributions (which are either Basic Employee Pre-Tax Investment
Contributions, if invested in Investment Funds, or Basic Employee Pre-Tax Stock
Contributions, if invested in Stock Funds), Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax
Contributions (which are either Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Investment
Contributions, if invested in Investment Funds, or Supplemental Employee
Pre-Tax Stock Contributions, if invested in Stock Funds), and, if applicable,
Catch-up Contributions.

(uu)    “Prior ESOP Match
Subaccount” shall mean the Account maintained for a Member that is credited
with the cash proceeds of any Common Stock held in the Prior ESOP Match Account
as a result of a tender offer made by the Company. See Section 8.7(c).

(vv)    “Profit Sharing Component”
shall mean a portion of the Plan consisting of all of the Accounts (and
attributable assets) other than the Prior ESOP Match Accounts and the
Sub-Component Accounts. The Profit Sharing Component shall be invested in the
Investment Funds. If amounts in the Profit Sharing Component are transferred to
the Common Stock Fund or Preferred Stock Fund pursuant to Section 8.5 or
Section 8.4(b), such amounts shall become part of the Sub-Component and cease
to be part of the Profit Sharing Component. The assets and accounts held under
the Investment Plan (excluding Common Stock) as of September 30, 2000 formed
the initial assets and Accounts under the Profit Sharing Component.

(ww)   “Qualified Domestic Partner”
shall mean a person who the Committee has determined is in a committed
relationship with a Member which is similar to marriage and in which each of
the Member and the domestic partner have agreed to mutual financial support. To
qualify, the Member and Domestic Partner must submit an affidavit of domestic
partnership form as provided by the Plan, as well as supporting documentation
satisfactory to the Sponsoring Company affirming the domestic partner
relationship.

(xx)      “Regulations” shall
mean applicable Treasury and/or Department of Labor regulations.

(yy)    (1)         “Share Purchases” shall mean the sum of
a Member’s Common Stock Deferrals and Stopovers for the Plan Year, subject to
the limit (“Match Limit”) set forth in the following paragraphs.

(2)         Notwithstanding the
foregoing, effective October 1, 2000, if a Member transfers any Common Stock to
the Profit Sharing Component pursuant to Section 8.7(b), the Member’s Common
Stock Deferrals and Stepovers during the period from the beginning of the Plan
Year in which the Section 8.7(b) transfer was made (including deferrals and
Stepovers acquired in later years) until the time the value of new Shares so
acquired (based on their value at the time of acquisition) equals the value of
the Shares diversified (based on their value at the time of diversification)
shall not be Share Purchases. For this purpose, if the Member has makes a
second (or more) more transfers under Section 8.7(b), new Shares acquired
thereafter shall be first be applied against the

 18
 

previous transfer and then against the later transfer; the Member shall
not receive double credit for new Shares acquired. No retroactive match is
provided on the Shares that were not matched. This rule is referred to as the “Match
Limit.” The Committee may adopt rules to implement the Match Limit.

By way of example, assume a
Member has 1,050 Shares at the end of Year 1 and 1,100 Shares at the end of
Year 2. The Member acquires another 50 Shares during Year 3 through new
deferrals (with an aggregate value of $750, taking into account the value of
each Share acquired at the time such Share was acquired), but at the beginning
of Year 3 transferred 200 Shares (with a value, at the beginning of the Plan
Year of $2,600) to the Investment Funds pursuant to Section 8.7. The Member
does not receive a match on the 50 Shares purchased because the value of the
Shares acquired ($750) is less than the value diversified ($2,600). The Member
will not receive a match until the Member acquires $1,850 of additional Shares
(based on value at time of acquisition) in the Plan. Accordingly, if the Member
acquires another $2,000 of Shares in Year 3, the Member will receive a match on
$150 Shares. No match, retroactive or otherwise, is provided on the other
$1,850, or on the $750 acquired in Year 2.

(3)         The
foregoing Match Limit shall not apply if the Member makes any transfers from
Common Stock Fund to the Preferred Stock Fund. However, if the Member makes
such a transfer, and later transfers Matched Preferred Stock from the Preferred
Stock Fund to the other Investment Funds, then the Match Limit shall apply with
the result that until the time the value of new Shares so acquired (based on
their value at the time of acquisition) equals the value of the Matched
Preferred Stock transferred (based on their value at the time of transfer)
shall not be Share Purchases. For this purpose, the rules in the preceding
paragraph (2) shall apply. In addition, if the Member makes a transfer from the
Preferred Stock Fund to the other Investment Funds, then the Unmatched
Preferred Stock shall be deemed transferred prior to the Matched Preferred
Stock. The Match Limit shall not apply with respect to transfers of Unmatched
Preferred Stock.

(zz)      “Shares” shall mean
common or convertible preferred stock issued by the Sponsoring Company or any
successor corporation thereto. It shall include Common Stock. Preferred Stock
shall not constitute Shares.

(aaa)   “Sponsoring Company” shall mean AECOM Technology Corporation, a
Delaware corporation. Any corporation which shall, by merger, consolidation,
purchase or otherwise, succeed to substantially all the business or assets and
liabilities of AECOM Technology Corporation shall, upon such succession and
without any appointment or other action of the Trustee, Committee, or AECOM
Technology Corporation, be and become the successor employer hereunder. The
Sponsoring Company shall be the plan administrator as defined in ERISA.

(bbb)  “Spouse” or “spouse” as used herein, shall mean the person
of the opposite sex to whom the Member is legally married or, except for
purposes of Section 17.5 (relating to qualified domestic relations orders) or
any other Plan provision if inclusion of a Qualified Domestic Partner in the
definition of “spouse” would violate the law or jeopardize the

 19
 

tax-qualification of the Plan, the person who is the Member’s Qualified
Domestic Partner (as defined herein).

(ccc)   “Statutory Compensation” shall mean, unless otherwise indicated,
an Eligible Employee’s income from the Company as reported on IRS Form W-2 and
paid on or after the beginning of the first payroll period commencing on or
after the Change Date, and any Pre-Tax Contributions or any other amounts not
includable in such income because they are contributed by the Company pursuant
to a salary reduction agreement to a (i) “qualified cash or deferred
arrangement” within the meaning of Section 401(K) (2) of the Code, (ii) a “cafeteria
plan” described in Section 125 of the Code, or (iii) a parking arrangement
described in Section 132(f)(4) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
maximum amount of a Member’s Statutory Compensation which shall be taken into
account under the Plan for any Plan Year shall be (1) $200,000 for Plan Years
beginning on or after October 1, 1989, (2) $150,000 for Plan Years beginning on
or after October 1, 1994, and (3) $200,000 for Plan Years beginning on or after
October 1, 2002. Such amounts shall be adjusted at the same time and in the
same manner as under Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. For any Plan Year of
fewer than 12 months, this limit shall be reduced to the amount obtained by
multiplying the limit by a fraction having a numerator equal to the number of
full months in the Plan Year and a denominator equal to 12.

(ddd)  “Stepovers” shall mean (1) the amount the Eligible Member elects
during any Plan Year to transfer to the Common Stock Fund from the Profit
Sharing Component or Preferred Stock Fund pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof
(except that transfers of the Basic Accounts from the Profit Sharing Component
into the Stock Component shall not be Stepovers) plus (2) any rollover
contributions to the Common Stock Fund pursuant to Section 5.5. Stepovers shall
also include amounts transferred from certain other plans described in Section
8.5(b) to the Common Stock Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of
calculating ESOP Match Contributions and allocations to the Prior ESOP Match
Accounts, the amount of Stepovers for any Plan Year or any other 12-month
period shall be limited by the Match Limit as set forth in the definition of
Share Purchases.

(eee)   “Stock Component” shall mean the portion of the Plan consisting
of the Prior ESOP Match Accounts and Sub-Component Accounts and attributable
assets (including any Exempt Loan). The entire Stock Component shall be
invested in the Common Stock Fund and the Preferred Stock Fund. Prior to May 1,
2002, this Component was known as the ESOP Component.

(fff)     “Stock Funds” shall mean the Common Stock Fund and Preferred
Stock Fund.

(ggg)  “Stock Investment Plan” shall mean the AECOM Technology
Corporation Stock Investment Plan, as in effect from time to time prior to
October 1, 2000. Upon its merger into this Plan, said plan became the
Sub-Component.

(hhh)  “Stock Purchase Plan” shall mean AECOM Technology Corporation
Stock Purchase Plans.

(iii)      “Sub-Component” shall
mean a portion of the Stock Component consisting of the Supplemental Employee
After-Tax Stock Account, Supplemental Employee

 20
 

Pre-Tax Stock Account, Rollover Stock Account, Prior
Employer Contribution Stock Account and, effective May 1, 2002, the Basic
Accounts invested in the Stock Funds (and all attributable assets). Except as
provided in Section 8.6, the Sub-Component Accounts shall be invested in the
Common Stock Fund and Preferred Stock Fund. If, pursuant to Section 8.6 or8.7, amounts in the Sub-Component are
transferred from Stock Funds to other Investment Funds, such amounts shall
become part of the Profit Sharing Component and cease to be part of the
Sub-Component. The assets and accounts held under the Stock Investment Plan as
of September 30, 2000 formed the initial assets and Accounts of the
Sub-Component.

(jjj)      “Termination of Service”
shall mean a termination of employment with the Company or an Affiliate as
determined by the Committee in accordance with reasonable standards and
policies adopted by the Committee; provided, however, that the transfer of an
Employee from employment by one Company or an Affiliate to employment by
another Company or Affiliate shall not constitute a Termination of Service; and
provided further that a Termination of Service shall occur on the earlier of
(1) or (2), where:

(1)         is the date as of which
an Employee quits, is discharged, terminates his employment in connection with
his incurring a Disability, retires or dies, and

(2)         is the first day of absence of an Employee who fails to return to
employment at the expiration of an authorized leave of absence.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who is
absent on account of service in the armed forces of the United States of
America shall not incur a Termination of Service in contravention of federal
law.

(kkk)   “Trust” shall mean the
legal entity resulting from the trust agreement between the Sponsoring Company,
on its own behalf and as agent for all other Participating Companies, and the
Trustee which receives the Participating Companies’ and Members’ contributions,
and holds, invests, and disburses funds to or for the benefit of Members and
their Beneficiaries.

(lll)      “Trust Agreement”
shall mean the agreements by and between the Sponsoring Company and the
Trustees, as said Agreements may from time to time be amended.

(mmm)
“Trust Fund” shall mean the total contributions made by the
Participating Companies and Members to the Trust pursuant to the Plan,
increased by profits, gains, income and recoveries received, and decreased by
losses, depreciation, benefits paid and expenses incurred in the administration
of the Trust. Trust Fund includes all assets acquired by investment and
reinvestment which are held in the Trust by the Trustee.

(nnn)  “Trustee” shall mean
the party or parties, individual or corporate, named in the trust agreements
and any duly appointed additional or successor Trustee or Trustees acting
thereunder.

(ooo)  “Valuation Date” shall
mean (a) for purposes of the Stock Funds (other than Class B Common Stock),
March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31 and any other date specified by
the Board of Directors, and (b) for purposes of the Investment Funds and Class
B Common Stock, each business day on which the assets held in the applicable
Investment Fund

 21
 

(or Class B Common Stock, as applicable) are traded on an established
securities market. Prior to the Lapse Date, any reference to the Valuation Date
for the Stock Component or the Sub-component shall mean a reference to the date
set forth in (a) of the preceding sentence; thereafter, the date set forth in
(b) shall apply.

(ppp)  “Vested Interest”
shall mean the portion of a Member’s Account which has become nonforfeitable.

(qqq)  “Year of Vesting Service”.

(1)        A Year of Vesting Service shall mean a calendar year in which an
Employee has at least 1000 Hours of Service.

(2)        For purposes of the Stock Component, Years of Vesting Service shall
include all calendar year periods, including any such periods prior to the January
1, 1990, during which an Employee had completed at least 1000 Hours of Service
for the Company, for Ashland Technology Corp. or for any other Affiliate, while
that company was an Affiliate.

(3)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, Years of Service, or any part thereof
(determined ratably by full calendar months), for a Participating Company or an
Affiliate during any period of time when such company was not an Affiliate
shall not be taken into account except to the extent that such period or any
part thereof constitutes service with an Affiliate by an Employee which is
recognized by the Sponsoring Company under paragraph (4).

(4)        This
paragraph shall apply to each person who (i) on or after the acquisition of an
Acquired Company (as defined in Section
3.1) becomes an Eligible Employee and was previously employed by the Acquired
Company or (ii) on or after October 1, 1995 becomes an Eligible Employee and
was previously employed by Antarctica Support Associates (“ASA”), unless in any
case the period of the break in employment (from the date of termination at ASA
or the Acquired Company until the date he became an Employee) was five or more
years and the Employee did not have a vested benefit in an employer
contribution account of a plan of an Acquired Company merged into the Profit
Sharing Component. If this paragraph applies, Years of Vesting Service shall
include each calendar year period, through and including the calendar year in
which the person becomes an Employee, during which the person completes at least
1000 Hours of Service for the Company, an Acquired Company(1) or ASA, provided
that in no event shall a Member receive more than one Year of Vesting Service
for a calendar year. Solely for purposes of the preceding sentence, each
Acquired Company and ASA shall each be treated as a Participating Company.

(1) In the case of Acquired Companies (other than TCB), this rule
provides that Members with service equal to (i) in the case of an Envirodyne
Member, vesting service under the Envirodyne Plan, (ii) in the case of a D
& Z Member, vesting service under the D & Z Plan, (iii) in the case of
a Spillis Member, vesting service under the Spillis Plan, (iv) in the case of a
Castella Member, vesting service under the Castella Plan, or (v) in the case of
a M&E Member, service under the Aqua/Alliance Plan. Since TCB Plan used
elapsed time, this rule may provide a slightly different amount of Vesting
Service than the service under the TCB Plan.

 22
 

(5)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, Years of Vesting Service described below
shall be disregarded:

(i)             In
the case of any Member who has any Break in Service, Years of Service completed
before and after such Break in Service shall not be aggregated until such
Member has completed one Year of Vesting Service after such Break in Service.

(ii)            In the case of any Member who has no
nonforfeitable right to a benefit derived from Participating Company
contributions under Articles VI and VII, any Year of Vesting Service completed
by such Member (including years under predecessor plans described in the
preceding paragraph) before a Break in Service shall not be taken into account
if such Member’s latest consecutive Breaks in Service equal or exceed the
greater of (i) 5 or (ii) his prior aggregate Years of Vesting Service completed
before the date on which such Break in Service occurred. Such prior aggregate
Years of Vesting Service shall not include any Year of Vesting Service not
required to be taken into account under this paragraph (c) by reason of any
prior Break in Service.

2.2       Wherever appropriate, words
used in the Plan in the singular shall mean the plural, the plural shall mean
the singular, and the masculine shall mean the feminine.

 23
 

ARTICLE III

REQUIREMENTS FOR ELIGIBILITY

3.1       Eligibility.

(a)       Each Member of the Plan on
September 30, 2000 shall continue to be a Member subject to the provisions of
this Plan.

(b)       Subject to the Section 3.2,
any person who becomes an Employee on or after October 1, 2000 (or was such an
Employee but not a Member) shall be eligible to become a Member of the Plan as
of the later of (1) the Employee’s Entry Date, as defined in subsection (c)
below or (2) the date he becomes an Eligible Employee, provided that he is an
Eligible Employee on such date.

(c)       The Eligible Employee’s
Entry Date means (1) effective July 1, 1999, the first day of the second
calendar month next following the date the individual becomes an employee of a
Participating Company or Affiliated Company (for example, September 1, 1999 is
the Entry Date for all those who become employees in July 1999) and (2) prior
to July 1, 1999, the January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 coinciding with
or next following the date on which the individual becomes an employee of a
Participating Company or Affiliated Company.

(d)       Notwithstanding subsections
(b) and (c), this paragraph shall apply to each person who (1) terminates
employment with the Company and is subsequently rehired as an Employee, (2) on
or after October 1, 1995, becomes an Eligible Employee and was previously
employed by Antarctica Support Associates (“ASA”), or (3) on or after the
acquisition of an Acquired Company, as defined below, becomes an Eligible
Employee and was previously employed by the Acquired Company, unless in any
case the period of the break in employment was five or more years and the
Eligible Employee did not have a vested benefit in an employer contribution
account under this Plan or a plan of an Acquired Company merged into this Plan.
If this paragraph applies, the Eligible Employee shall be eligible to become a
Member on the later of (i) the Initial Date, as defined below, (ii) the date of
hire with a Participating Company or (iii) the first Entry Date coinciding with
or next following the date of hire at the Company, ASA or the Acquired Company,
provided he is an Eligible Employee on such date. An Acquired Company shall
mean Envirodyne Engineers, Inc., Turner Collie Braden Inc., McClier
Corporation, Day & Zimmermann Infrastructure, Inc., Spillis Candela &
Partners, W.F. Castella & Associates, Metcalf & Eddy, Inc., Design
Alliance and Cotton Bridges. The Initial Date shall mean (i) January 1, 1994,
in the case of Envirodyne Engineers, Inc., (ii) October 1, 1995, in the case of
ASA, (iii) May 1, 1996, in the case of Turner Collie Braden Inc. and (iv)
October 1, 1996, in the case of McClier Corporation, (v) April 1, 1999, in the
case of Day and Zimmermann Infrastructure, Inc., (vi) July 1, 1999, in the case
of W.F. Castella & Associates, (vii) October 1, 1999, in the case of
Spillis Candela & Partners, (viii) July 1, 2000, in the case of Metcalf
& Eddy, Inc, (ix) November 1, 2001 in the case of Design Alliance, and (x)
January 1, 2002, in the case of Cotton Bridges. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
an Eligible Employee (whether or not the Eligible Employee is a Member) who is
a member in the Spillis Candela & Partners
Employee’s Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan shall become a Member on September
30, 1999 solely for purposes of receiving an ESOP Match Contribution under
Article VI on Stepovers.

 24
 

3.2       Participation. Any
Eligible Employee eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3.1 shall become a Member on the first day of the
calendar month (but not before the Entry Date) coincident with or next
following the date on which he has filed a completed application to participate
in such form and manner and at such time as the Sponsoring Company may from
time to time prescribe, provided that he is an Eligible Employee on such day.
Elections with respect to After-Tax Contributions and Pre-Tax Contributions
will be effective on the first paycheck paid on or after such date. Each such
application shall (i) authorize the automatic deduction of such Member’s
After-Tax Contributions and Pre-Tax Contributions from such Member’s
Compensation or authorize such other method of making contributions as may be
required by the Participating Company, (ii) designate such Member’s investment
election under the provisions of Article VIII of the Plan, (iii) designate one
or more Beneficiaries pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of the Plan, and
(iv) contain such other information, conditions, understandings, declarations
or agreements as the Participating Company shall from time to time require.

3.3       Corrections of Prior
Incorrect Allocations. In the event that, as of any Valuation Date,
adjustments are required in any Member’s Accounts to correct any incorrect
allocation of Company contributions, Shares, investment earnings or losses, or
other administrative error, the Committee is authorized to direct the
application of Company contributions (or the release of Shares) to correct such
incorrect allocation or other error and, if it determines such action to be
appropriate, to increase such Member’s Accounts to the value which would have
existed on said Valuation Date had there been no prior incorrect allocation or
other error. The Committee is also authorized to take such other actions as it
deems necessary to correct prior incorrect allocations or other errors.

3.4       Military Service.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions,
benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be
provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

3.5       Electronic Media.

(a)       To the fullest extent
permitted by law, the Company may require or permit Participant (or
Beneficiary, as the context may require) elections and/or consents under this
Plan to be made by means of such electronic media as the Company may prescribe.
Similarly, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company may give any
notices by electronic media and may permit enrollments, beneficiary
designations, rollover elections and general plan inquiries to be made by
electronic media. For purposes of this Plan, electronic media shall include,
without limitation, email, Internet, intranet, automated telephone systems and
customer representative systems. In any case in which the Company provides for
the use of electronic media for any particular purpose, any requirement in the
Plan requiring a written form or notice for that purpose shall be void.

(b)       Unless otherwise permitted
under ERISA and the Code or regulations promulgated thereunder, the provisions
of this Section 3.5 shall not affect the requirement that Beneficiary
designations be in writing in accordance with Article IV and that hardship
distribution requests be in writing in accordance with Section 11.3.

 25
 

(c)       A Member’s consent to
distribution, request for a withdrawal or loan, or other form of election
permitted by electronic media under this Plan or by the Committee, together
with the cashing of any check subsequently issued by this Plan (whether or not
endorsed), shall constitute written consent for purposes of this Plan
(including, without limitation and in the case of loans under Section 11.5,
agreement to the terms of the loan and the related promissory note), the Code
(including, without limitation, Section 41l(a)(l1), and ERISA (including,
without limitation, Section 203(e)).

(d)       Reasonable efforts will be
used to process electronic media consents and elections made under this Plan.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence or anything else in this Plan to the
contrary, neither the Company, the Committee, the Trustee nor any other person
guarantees that any consent or election will be so processed. The Committee may
adopt new or alternative rules for electronic media consents and elections as
it deems appropriate in its sole and complete discretion (including, without
limitation, eliminating any electronic media system and re-implementing a
requirement of written forms, establishing the effective date and the notice
date for any type of consent or election and limiting the number of any
particular elections that may be made by a Member during any specified period).
In order to be effective, each consent and/or election must be made on such
other rules as the Committee may prescribe.

 26
 

ARTICLE IV 

BENEFICIARIES

4.1       Beneficiary Designation.

(a)       Each Member shall file with
the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as the Beneficiary
who shall be entitled to receive any amount payable under the Plan upon the
Member’s death. A Member may from time to time revoke or change his beneficiary
designation without the consent of any prior Beneficiary by filing a new
designation with the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing no designation of
a non-spouse Beneficiary by a Member shall be given effect unless such Member’s
surviving Spouse, if any, had consented in writing to such designation and,
unless otherwise provided by the Committee in conformity with Section
417(a)(2)(A) of the Code and the Regulations, to all future designations;
provided that (a) spousal consent shall not be required where the spouse cannot
be located or on account of such other circumstances, if any, as are set forth
in the Regulations and (b) spousal consent, if required, must acknowledge the
effect of such designation and be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary
public. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be
controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation
thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the
Member’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to
such receipt. All decisions of the Committee concerning the effectiveness of
any beneficiary designation, and the identity of any Beneficiary, shall be
final. A designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective only if the designated
Beneficiary survives the Member.

(b)       Subject to subsection (a),
Beneficiary designation forms filed prior to October 1, 2000 with respect to
the Investment Plan, Stock Investment Plan and/or ESOP, respectively, shall
remain valid with respect to the Profit Sharing Component (excluding any Shares
transferred from the Investment Plan to the Prior ESOP Match Account on October
1, 2000), Sub-Component and Prior ESOP Match Accounts (including Shares
transferred from the Investment Plan on October 1, 2000), respectively, unless
a new form is filed on or after October 1, 2000. Effective October 1, 2000, a Member
may not file separate Beneficiary designation form for different Components or
Accounts, that is, a new Beneficiary designation shall apply to all Accounts.

4.2       Failure to Designate
Beneficiary. If no beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of a
Member’s death, the payment of the amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon
his death shall be made to the Member’s surviving spouse, if any, or if the
Member has no surviving spouse, to the duly appointed and currently acting
personal representative of the Participant’s estate (which shall include either
the Member’s probate estate or living trust). In any case where there is no
such personal representative of the Member’s estate duly appointed and acting
in that capacity within 90 days after the Member’s death (or such extended
period as the Committee determines is reasonably necessary to allow such
personal representative to be appointed but not to exceed an additional 90 day
period), payment shall be made to first of the following classes of beneficiaries
with one or more members of such class then surviving: the Member’s (a)
children, (b) parents, or (c) brothers and sisters. If the Committee is in
doubt as to the right of any person to receive such amount, the Committee may
direct the Trustee to retain such amount, without liability for any interest
thereon, until the rights thereto are determined, or the Committee may direct
the Trustee to pay such amount into any court of appropriate

 27
 

jurisdiction and such payment shall be a complete discharge of the
liability of the Plan and the Trust therefore.

4.3       Beneficiaries’ Rights.
Whenever the rights of a Member are stated or limited in the Plan, his
Beneficiaries shall be bound thereby.

 28
 

ARTICLE V 

PRE-TAX AND AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS

5.1       After-Tax Contributions.
After-Tax Contributions may be made to the Plan as follows:

(a)       Percentage for
Supplemental Employee After-Tax Contributions. Subject to the limitations
set forth in the Plan (see e.g., Sections 5.3 and 5.4 and Article IX), each
Member may elect to make aggregate Supplemental Employee After-Tax
Contributions on his own behalf in whole percentages from 1% to 15% of the
Member’s Compensation for each payroll period, beginning with the first
paycheck paid on or after the date the Member commences participation in
accordance with Section 3.2. Such contributions by a Member shall be credited
to the Member’s Supplemental Employee After-Tax Investment Account (if invested
in Investment Funds) or the Member’s Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock
Account (if invested in Stock Funds). All such contributions shall be made in
accordance with rules established by the Sponsoring Company.

(b)       Percentage for Basic
Employee After-Tax Contributions. Subject to the limitations set forth in
the Plan (see e.g., Sections 5.3 and 5.4 and Article IX), each Member may elect
to make Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions to the Plan on his own behalf in
whole percentages equal to 0.5%, 1.0% or 1.5% of the Member’s Compensation for
each payroll period, beginning on the later of April 1, 1999 or the first
paycheck paid on or after the date the Member commences participation in
accordance with Section 3.2. Such contributions by a Member shall be credited
to the Member’s Basic Employee After-Tax Investment Account (if invested in Investment
Funds) or the Member’s Basic Employee After-Tax Stock Account (if invested in
Stock Funds). All such contributions shall be made in accordance with rules
established by the Sponsoring Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
maximum amount of Compensation that shall be taken into account for any Member
for any payroll period during a Plan Year shall not exceed X/Y; where X is the
compensation limit set forth in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for that Plan
Year and Y is the number of payroll periods for that Plan Year, provided that
in the case of an Employee who becomes a Member during the Plan Year, Y is the
number of complete payroll periods for the remainder of the Plan Year after the
Employee becomes a Member; this rule shall only apply for purposes of Basic
Employee After-Tax Contributions. The Sponsoring Company may provide that the
first 1.5% of Compensation contributed as After-Tax Contributions are
considered Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions.

(c)       Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a Member who withdraws any portion of the amount previously credited
to his Accounts pursuant to Section 11.3 may not make After- Tax Contributions
until the first day of the calendar month coinciding with or next succeeding
the expiration of six months (twelve months in the case of a withdrawal made
prior to May 1, 2002) from the date on which the withdrawal became effective.
In addition, a Member who withdraws, prior to May 1, 2002, any portion of the
amount previously credited to his Accounts pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 may
not make After-Tax Contributions until the first day of the calendar month
coinciding with or next succeeding the expiration of six months from the date
on which the withdrawal became effective.

(d)       Status of After-Tax
Contributions. To make After-Tax Contributions under this Section, the
Participating Company will deduct from the Member’s Compensation the

 29
 

amount authorized by the Member, and will then
contribute the amount authorized by the Member to the Trustee as of the
earliest date on which such amount can reasonably be segregated from the
Participating Company’s general assets; provided, however, that such
contribution shall be made no later than the fifteenth business day of the
month following the date on which such amount would otherwise have been payable
to the Member in cash, or as of such earlier or later date (in the case of any
available extensions of time) as may be required or permitted by regulations
issued pursuant to ERISA. In the case of After-Tax Stock Contributions, the
Company may contribute Common Stock in lieu of cash.

(e)       General Limitations on
After-Tax Contributions. As of the last day of the Plan Year, the
Sponsoring Company shall determine the amount of After-Tax Contributions in
excess of those permitted under Article IX of the Plan, and any excess shall be
distributed to the Member responsible for the excess After-Tax Contribution as
provided in therein.

(f)        Any Member whose Pre-Tax
Contributions are stopped due to Section 9.5 of the Plan shall automatically be
deemed to have elected to make Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions in the
same percentage in effect with respect to the Basic Employee Pre-Tax
Contributions at the time such Pre-Tax Contributions stopped until such Pre-Tax
Contributions can be continued. However, no Supplemental Employee After-Tax
Contributions shall be made unless the Member affirmatively elects to do so.

5.2       Pre-Tax Contributions.
Pre-Tax Contributions may be made to the Plan as follows:

(a)       Percentage for
Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Contributions. Subject to the limitations set
forth in the Plan (see e.g., Sections 5.3 and 5.4 and Article IX), each Member
may elect to make aggregate Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Contributions on his
own behalf in whole percentages from 1% to 15% of the Member’s Compensation for
each payroll period, beginning with the first paycheck paid on or after the
date the Member commences participation in accordance with Section 3.2.Such contributions by a Member shall be
credited to the Member’s Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Investment Account (if
invested in Investment Funds) or the Member’s Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax
Stock Account (if invested in Stock Funds). All such contributions shall be
made in accordance with rules established by the Sponsoring Company.

(b)       Percentage for Basic
Employee Pre-Tax Contributions. Effective April 1, 1998, subject to the
limitations set forth in the Plan (see e.g., Sections 5.3 and 5.4 and Article
IX), each Member may elect Basic Employee Pre-Tax Contributions equal to 0.5%,
1.0% or 1.5% of the Member’s Compensation for each payroll period beginning on
the later of April 1, 1998 or the first paycheck paid on or after the date the
Member commences participation in accordance with Section 3.2. Such
contributions by a Member shall be credited to the Member’s Basic Employee
Pre-Tax Investment Account (if invested in Investment Funds) or the Member’s
Basic Employee Pre-Tax Stock Account (if invested in Stock Funds). All such
contributions shall be made in accordance with rules established by the
Sponsoring Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount of
Compensation that shall be taken into account for any Member for any payroll
period during a Plan Year shall not exceed X/Y; where X is the compensation
limit set forth in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for that Plan Year and Y is
the number of payroll periods for that Plan Year, provided that in the case of
an Employee

 30
 

who becomes a Member during the Plan Year, Y is the number of complete
payroll periods for the remainder of the Plan Year after the Employee becomes a
Member; this rule shall only apply for purposes of Basic Employee Pre-Tax
Contributions. The Sponsoring Company may provide that the first 1.5% of
Compensation contributed as Pre-Tax Contributions (excluding Pre-Tax
Contributions contributed as Catch-up Contributions, even if recharacterized
otherwise at a later time) are considered Basic Employee Pre-Tax Contributions.

(c)       Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a Member who withdraws any portion of the amount previously credited
to his Accounts pursuant to Section 11.3 may not make Pre-Tax Contributions
until the first day of the calendar month coinciding with or next succeeding
the expiration of six months (twelve months in the case of a withdrawal made prior
to May 1, 2002) from the date on which the withdrawal became effective. In
addition, a Member who withdraws, prior to May 1, 2002, any portion of the
amount previously credited to his Accounts pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 may
not make Pre-Tax Contributions until the first day of the calendar month
coinciding with or next succeeding the expiration of six months from the date
on which the withdrawal became effective.

(d)       Status of Pre-Tax
Contributions. To make Pre-Tax Contributions under this Section, the
Sponsoring Company will reduce the Member’s Compensation in the amount
authorized by the Member and make a contribution to the Trustee equal to such
reduction as of the earliest date on which such amount can reasonably be
segregated from the Participating Company’s general assets; provided, however,
that such contribution shall be made no later than the fifteenth business day
of the month following the date on which such amount would otherwise have been
payable to the Member in cash, or as of such earlier or later date (in the case
of any available extensions of time) as may be required or permitted by
regulations issued pursuant to ERISA. Pre-Tax Contributions constitute company
contributions under the Plan and are intended to qualify as elective contributions
under Code Section 401(k). In the case of Pre-Tax Stock Contributions, the
Company may contribute Common Stock in lieu of cash.

(e)       General Limitations on
Pre-Tax Contributions. As of the last day of the Plan Year, the Sponsoring
Company shall determine the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions in excess of those
permitted under Article IX of the Plan, and any excess shall either be
distributed to the Member responsible for the excess Pre-Tax Contribution or
redesignated as an After-Tax Contribution and accounted for separately under
the Plan in accordance with the Code and Treasury Regulations.

(f)        Catch-up Contributions.
Effective October 1, 2002 (or such other date as determined by the Company),
all Members who have attained age 50 before the close of a calendar year shall
be eligible to make Pre-Tax Catch-up Contributions in accordance with, and
subject to the limitations of, section 414(v) of the Code. Such amounts are in
addition to the Pre-Tax Contributions otherwise permitted. Such Catch-up Contributions
shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the plan
implementing the required limitations of sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code.
The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the plan
implementing the requirements of section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(l1), 401(k)(12),
410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such
Catch-up Contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Catch-up
Contributions shall be permitted prior to the date set forth in a notice
disseminated to Members by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of
the Plan to the contrary, no Company contributions of

 31
 

any kind shall be made with respect to (i) any Pre-Tax
Catch-up Contributions or (ii) any Pre-Tax Contributions designated by the
Member as Catch-up Contributions, even if such amounts are later
recharacterized otherwise at a later time.

5.3       Limitation on Percentage.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.1 and 5.2, (1) a Member’s After-Tax
Contributions plus Pre-Tax Contributions (excluding Pension After-Tax and Basic
Employee Pre-Tax Contributions) for any payroll period shall not exceed 15% of
such Member’s Compensation during the payroll period and (2) a Member’s Basic
Employee After-Tax Contributions plus Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions
for any payroll period shall not exceed 1.5% of such Member’s Compensation
during the payroll period.

5.4       Change, Suspension or
Resumption of Contributions. Subject to the provisions of this Article V, a
Member may elect to change, suspend or resume the rate of After-Tax
Contributions or Pre-Tax Contributions, effective as of the first paycheck paid
during the following calendar month or at any other time that the Sponsoring
Company may prescribe; provided that the Member has filed an election in such
form and manner and at such time as the Sponsoring Company may from time to
time prescribe. For purposes of this Section 5.4, the following shall not be
deemed a change in a Member’s rate of After-Tax Contributions or Pre-Tax
Contributions: (i) A Member’s initial election of After-Tax Contributions or
Pre-Tax Contributions under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 of the Plan; (ii) imposition of
the limits of Article IX; or (iii) the changes described in Section 5.1(f).

5.5       Rollover Contributions.

(a)       An Employee, regardless of
whether he has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Article 3 who has
received a distribution from a plan which meets the requirements of Section
401(a) of the Code or who has received a distribution from an individual
retirement arrangement which meets the applicable requirements of Section
408(d)(3)(A)(ii) of the Code and Treasury Regulations may, in accordance with
procedures approved by the Sponsoring Company, transfer the distribution
received from the other plan or individual retirement arrangement to the Trust;
provided that the distribution is eligible for rollover treatment and exclusion
from the gross income of the Employee in accordance with the Code.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a distribution from this Plan or any other
employee benefit plan maintained by the Company may not be rolled over into
this Plan. In addition, effective January 1, 2002, the Plan will accept a
rollover from an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (excluding after-tax employee contributions),
and an eligible plan under §457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state,
political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state
or political subdivision of a state; provided that the distribution is eligible
for rollover treatment in accordance with the Code.

(b)       The Sponsoring Company
shall develop such procedures, and may require such information from an
Employee desiring to make such a transfer, as it deems necessary or desirable
to determine that the proposed transfer will meet the requirements of this
Section. Upon approval by the Sponsoring Company, the amount transferred shall
be deposited in the Trust and shall be credited to an account which shall be
referred to as the “Rollover Investment Account” (if invested in the Investment
Funds) or Rollover Stock Account (if invested in the Stock Funds). Such account
shall be 100% vested and shall share in income allocations as

 32
 

provided in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
no additional investments may be made into the Preferred Stock Fund after
February 14, 2002.

 33

ARTICLE VI

ESOP MATCH CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

6.1                  ESOP Match
Contributions.

(a)                  (1)         Subject to Sections 6.3 and 9.6 hereof and the
provisions of any contribution agreement, the Companies shall contribute to the
Prior ESOP Match Accounts for each Plan Year such sum as the Board of Directors
may, in its sole discretion, determine. Any Company may contribute all or part
of the entire amount due on behalf of one or more other Companies and charge
the amount thereof to the Company responsible therefore. The Board of Directors
may designate to what Plan Year a contribution to the Plan shall relate,
provided that such contribution is paid to the Trustee not later than the due
date (including any extensions thereof) for filing the Company’s federal income
tax return for its taxable year which corresponds with such Plan Year (but no
later than 12 months after the end of the Plan Year).

(2)           For the Plan Year
beginning October 1, 2001, the Company shall contribute to the Trust Fund
(“ESOP Match Contributions”) an amount which is sufficient to provide each
Eligible Member with an allocation of Shares as follows:

(A)            With respect to each Eligible Member who is
both a member of the Associate Group of the Company and is not a participant in
the Stock Purchase Plan or a Highly Compensated Employee, an amount equal to
the 120% of the amount set forth in (C) below.

(B)             Subject
to Section 6.1 (a)(2)(E), with respect to each Eligible Member who is both a
member of the Associate Group of the Company and is a Highly Compensated
Employee, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the amount set forth in (C)(1)
below, (ii) subject to Appendix D, 30% of the Applicable Stepovers (as defined
in (F) below) made by such Eligible Member, and (iii) subject to Appendix D,
10% of the Eligible Member’s Statutory Compensation for the Plan Year ending
September 30, 2002 (up until March 31, 2002) multiplied by the “SPP deferral
rate,” as defined below, of the Eligible Member. “SPP deferral rate” shall mean
the greater of (1) the amount of Common Stock Deferrals (excluding any
deferrals of bonuses) deferred into the Stock Purchase Plan by such Eligible
Member for that portion of the Plan Year ending September 30, 2001 during which
the Eligible Member was not eligible to make Common Stock Deferrals to the
Sub-Component, divided by the Member’s Statutory Compensation for that portion
of the Plan Year ending September 30, 2001, or (2) the rate of deferral
(excluding any deferrals of bonuses) elected by the Eligible Member for the
Stock Purchase Plan in December 2001 for the 2002 calendar year, provided that
the SPP deferral rate shall not exceed the “SIP deferral rate.” “SIP deferral
rate” shall mean the amount of Common Stock Deferrals deferred into the
Sub-Component by such Eligible Member for the Plan Year ending September 30,
2002 (up until March 31, 2002), divided by the Member’s Statutory Compensation
for that portion of the Plan Year ending September 30, 2002 (up until March 31,
2002) during which the Eligible Member was eligible to make Common Stock Deferrals
to the Sub-Component. Due to

 34
 

Section 6.1(a)(2)(E), no contributions shall be made under this
paragraph (B); instead, credits shall be made under the Stock Purchase Plan.

(C)             Subject
to Section 6.1(a)(2)(E), with respect to each Eligible Member not described in
the preceding clauses (A) or (B), an amount equal to the sum of (1) the greater
of (a) 100% of the aggregate Common Stock Deferrals made during the calendar
quarter ending December 31, 2001 or (b) 50% of the Common Stock Deferrals made
for the two calendar quarters ending March 31, 2002, plus (2) 25% of all sum of
all Applicable Stepovers (as defined in (F) below).

(D)            Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no contribution (or allocation) shall be made in contravention
of subsection (d) below.

(E)             In
order to ensure the Plan meets the various rules described in Article IX, no
ESOP Match Contributions shall be made under this Section 6.1(a)(2) with
respect to any Participant who is either a participant in the Stock Purchase
Plan or a Highly Compensated Employee except as set forth in the next sentence.
However, ESOP Match Contributions shall be made for such Participants with
respect to Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions (but not any other
Common Stock Deferrals of Stepovers), provided that no such contributions shall
be made until such time as the Company has completed testing for the year to
ensure compliance with Article IX. See also subsection (d) below.

(F)             No
contribution shall be made with respect to any Common Stock Deferrals made after
March 31, 2002. In addition, no contribution shall be made with respect to any
Stepovers other than Applicable Stepovers. Applicable Stepovers shall mean (1)
any Stepover made from October 1, 2001 until December 31, 2001, (2) rollovers
into the Common Stock Fund that were initiated prior to February 28, 2002, (3)
rollovers (into the Common Stock Fund) completed prior to October 1, 2002 if
the Participant was subject to an agreement that both was effective prior to
February 28, 2002 and stated the Participant would receive a match on any
rollovers into the Common Stock Fund, and (4) Stepovers described in clause (4)
of the last sentence of Section 8.5(b).

(G)             Notwithstanding
paragraph (F) above, if (and only if) the price of a Share on September 30, 2002,
as set forth in Section 8.1(a)(4), is greater than the appraised price of a
Share on June 30, 2002, the Companies shall contribute to the Trust Fund an
additional amount for each Eligible Member who is not a Highly Compensated
Employee. Such amount shall be equal to the excess of (i) the number of Shares
that would have been acquired if the Member’s Share Purchases for the quarter
ending September 30, 2002 had been acquired at the June 30, 2002 price over
(ii) the actual number of Shares acquired pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(4) as of
September 30, 2002. The rules set forth in paragraphs (D) and (E) above shall
apply to this contribution.

 35
 

(3)       If the Committee implements
the rules set forth in Section 8.1(a)(5) for any quarter, then the Companies
may, in their sole discretion, contribute to the Trust Fund an additional
amount for each Eligible Member who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. Such
amount shall be equal to the excess of (i) the number of Shares that would have
been acquired if the Member’s Share Purchases for the quarter in question had
been acquired at the preceding quarter-end price, over (ii) the actual number
of Shares acquired pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(5) as of the end of the quarter
in question. The rules set forth in paragraph (a)(2)(E) above and subsection
(d) below shall apply to this contribution.

(b)       All contributions made
under Section 6.1(a) may be in cash or Shares or any combination thereof. For
the purpose of determining the number of Shares to be contributed pursuant
Section 6.1(a)(2)(A)-(F), Shares shall be valued as of March 31, 2002. For the
purpose of determining the number of Shares to be contributed pursuant any
other provision of this Section 6.1(a), Shares shall be valued as of the last
day of the applicable quarter or Plan Year.

(c)       All or part of any cash
contribution made under Section 6.1(a) may be allocated to the Prior ESOP Match
Account of a Member (in exchange for Shares in the Member’s Prior ESOP Match
Account of equal value) in order to make a distribution in cash to the Member
permitted by Section 12.4(c) or an exchange permitted by Section 12.4(d).

(d)       Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no contribution (or allocation) shall be made for any Eligible
Member if the resulting allocation would result in a violation of Section 6.3,
Article IX, Appendix B or D or any other Plan or legal limits. These rules
shall be applied on an individual Member limit. If any amount that would
otherwise be allocated is reduced by this subsection (d), ESOP Match
Contributions shall be correspondingly reduced.

6.2       Allocation for Years
Beginning On and After October 1, 2001.

(a)       As of March 31, 2002, all
ESOP Match Contributions (made in Shares) and all Shares purchased by the Trust
with ESOP Match Contributions (made in cash) pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(2)(A) -
(F) shall be allocated to the Prior ESOP Match Accounts of Eligible Members so
that each Eligible Member receives the allocation set forth in Section
6.1(a)(2)(A) - (F), as limited by Sections 6.3 and 9.3 and all other Plan and
legal limits. However, in the case of Applicable Stepovers (as defined in
Section 6.1(a)(2)(F)) completed after that date, the allocation shall be made
as of the last day of the quarter in which such Applicable Stepover was
completed, provided that no allocations (or contributions) shall be made as of
any date occurring on or after October 1, 2002. For purposes of determining the
number of Shares to be allocated, Shares shall be valued as of March 31, 2002.

(b)       As of September 30, 2002,
any Company contributions (made in Shares) and any Shares purchased by the
Trust with such contributions (made in cash) pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(2)(G)
shall be allocated to the Prior ESOP Match Accounts of the Eligible Member on
behalf of whom they were made, subject to Section 6.3 and all other Plan and
legal limits.

(c)       As of the end of any
quarter in which the Company made contributions pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(3),
any such contributions (made in Shares) and any Shares purchased

 36
 

by the Trust with such contributions (made in cash)
shall be allocated to the Prior ESOP Match Accounts of the Eligible Member on
behalf of whom they were made, subject to Section 6.3 and all other Plan and
legal limits.

(d)       As of the end of any Plan
Year in which the Company made discretionary contributions pursuant to Section
6.1(a)(1) (excluding contributions described in Section 6.1(a) (2) and (3), any
such contributions (made in Shares) and any Shares purchased by the Trust with
such contributions (made in cash) shall be allocated to the Prior ESOP Match
Accounts of Eligible Members in proportion to their Share Purchases, subject to
Section 6.3 and all other Plan and legal limits.

6.3       Limitations on
Allocations to Certain Members. Allocations to the Matching Stock Accounts
of Members shall be limited as provided in this Section 6.3.

(a)       For each Plan Year, all
allocations to the Member’s Prior ESOP Match Accounts shall be limited in
accordance with Section 9.1 (prior to May 1, 2002, Section 9.3).

(b)       No allocation to Prior ESOP
Match Accounts of contributions or forfeitures (excluding allocations tested
under Sections 9.1 or 9.3, as applicable) shall be made to the extent such
allocations would result in a violation of Section 401(a)(4) (as set forth in
Appendix D). The foregoing rule shall be implemented by reducing contributions
with respect to Stepovers before other contributions.

(c)       No allocation to Prior ESOP
Match Accounts of contributions or forfeitures shall be made to the extent such
allocation would result in a violation of Code Section 415 or Section 9.6 of
the Plan. The ordering rules in Appendix B.1(b) shall apply for this purpose.

(d)       The foregoing limitations
of Section 6.3 shall be applied in the following order. Contributions and those
Forfeitures described in Section shall be allocated, subject to this Section
6.3. The limitations of Section 6.3(c) shall be applied first. Then, Sections
6.3(a) and (b) shall be applied.

(c)       If there are any amounts
not allocated pursuant to Section 6.3, contributions (and allocations) shall be
correspondingly reduced pursuant to Section 6.1(d). If contributions have been
made and cannot be legally returned, such amounts described in Section 6.3(a)
and (b) shall be allocated to the Prior ESOP Match Accounts of Eligible Members
by increasing the matching percentage (but not increasing the amount of
contributions) until all amounts are allocated for the Plan Year; amounts
described in Section 6.3(c) shall be used as set forth in Appendix B.2(c). No
allocation under this Section 6.3(e) shall be made to the extent the
allocations would result in a violation of the limitations under Section 6.3.

6.4       Prior Contributions and
Allocations. For years prior to October 1, 2001, contributions and
allocations to Prior ESOP Match Accounts were made as set forth in Appendix E.

 37
 

ARTICLE VII

PARTICIPATING COMPANY
CONTRIBUTIONS

7.1       Basic Company Match
Contributions.

(a)       Amount. Subject to
the limitations of Article IX, for each pay period beginning on and after April
1, 1998, the Company shall make a Basic Company Match Contribution to the Plan,
which when added to the Forfeitures described in Section 10.6(b), is equal to
100% of the sum of the Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions and the Basic
Employee Pre-Tax Contributions made for the pay period by each Member. The
Company shall pay to the Trustee the Basic Company Match Contribution as soon
as practicable after the end of the payroll period and in any event within the
time prescribed by law, including extensions of time, for the filing of the
Company’s federal income tax return for the Company’s taxable year ending with
or within the Plan Year to which the contribution relates (but no later than 12
months after the end of the Plan Year). In the case of Basic Company Match
Contributions that have been directed into the Common Stock Fund, the Company
may contribute Common Stock in lieu of cash.

(b)       Allocation. The
Basic Company Match Contributions (together with forfeitures under Section
10.6(b)) for any pay period shall be allocated to the Basic Company Match
Account so that each Member receives an allocation equal to 100% of the sum of
the Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions and the Basic Employee Pre-Tax
Contributions made for the pay period by that Member.

 38
 

ARTICLE VIII

INVESTMENT OF FUNDS

8.1       Plan Assets. The
Company has entered into one or more Trust Agreements providing for the
establishment of a Trust to hold the assets of the Plan for use in providing
the benefits of the Plan and paying any expenses of the Plan not paid directly
by the Participating Companies. All contributions shall be paid over to the
Trustee and held pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and the Trust
Agreement. A Member’s interest in the Trust Fund shall be reflected in his
Accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust Fund shall be treated as a
single trust for purposes of investment and administration, and, except as may
be required under Section 17.16; nothing contained herein shall require the
physical segregation of assets for any Account. The Trust Fund shall be
invested by the Trustee in the following funds, in accordance with provisions
of this Article VIII.

(a)       (1)         The “Common Stock Fund” shall be a fund
consisting primarily of Shares. This Fund is part of the Stock Component. All
Prior ESOP Match Accounts shall be invested in the Common Stock Fund and,
except as set forth in Section 8.7(c) and (d), may not be transferred to
another Fund. Except as set forth in Section 8.6 or 8.7, amounts in the
Sub-Component invested in the Common Stock Fund may not be transferred to any
other Fund (any such amounts transferred to an Investment Fund shall cease to
be part of the Sub-Component).

(2)         The Common Stock Fund
shall be invested exclusively in Shares, except for amounts invested by the
Trustee in accordance with Section 12.4(d) and cash or cash equivalent
investments (which may include government securities, a money market or such
investments selected by the Committee) held (i) for the limited purpose of
making Plan distributions to Members and beneficiaries, (ii) pending the
investment of contributions or other cash receipts in Shares, (iii) for
purposes of paying, under the terms described in the Plan or Trust Agreement,
fees and expenses incurred with respect to the Plan or Trust and not paid for
by the Company or Participating Companies or (iv) in the form of de minimis
cash balances.

(3)         Neither
any Company, the Board of Directors, the Committee or Trustee shall have any
responsibility or duty to time any transaction involving Shares in order to
anticipate market conditions or changes in stock value, nor shall any such
person have any responsibility or duty to sell Shares held in the Trust Fund
(or otherwise to provide investment management for Shares held in the Trust
Fund) in order to maximize return or minimize loss. Subject to the bylaws of
the Company, the Trustee may purchase or sell Shares either directly or
indirectly from the Company or any shareholder of the Company, including any
person deemed to be a “party in interest” within the meaning of ERISA Section
3(14) or a “disqualified person” within the meaning of Code Section 4975. The
Trustee shall comply with all federal and state securities laws and with all
applicable provisions of ERISA when purchasing or selling such Shares,
including, if required, the condition that such sale or purchase be for
adequate consideration (as defined in Section 3(18) of ERISA), and no
commission be charged when a purchase or sale of Shares is made with a “party
in interest” or a “disqualified person.” For this purpose, prior to the
Effective Date, if the Shares are not readily tradable, the Trustee shall rely
on the most recent valuation of such Shares rendered by an

 39
 

independent appraiser selected by the Trustee. To the extent permitted
by law, for purposes of purchases, sales or valuations, the value of such
Shares shall be based on enterprise value.

(4)         Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any Share Purchases made during the quarter beginning July 1,
2002 and ending September 30, 2002 shall be invested in cash and cash
equivalents (which may include government securities, a money market, or such
investments selected by the Committee) pending investment in Common Stock on
September 30, 2002. If such Shares are acquired from the Company, such Shares
shall be purchased at the September 30, 2002 appraised price, unless the Shares
are readily tradable on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), in which case
such Shares shall be purchased at the September 30, 2002 closing share price of
the Common Stock on the NYSE.

(5)         The
Committee may elect to implement the rules set forth in the preceding paragraph
(4) for any later quarter, in which case Shares shall be purchased at the
quarter end price.

(6)         On
and after the later of October 1, 2002 and the date of the Company’s initial
public offering, if any, unless the parties agree otherwise, all purchases and
sales between the Company and the Trustee shall be made based on the closing
share price, as determined on the NYSE on the date of the sale or purchase, of
the Common Stock.”

(b)       The Funds with respect to
the Profit Sharing Component (excluding the Basic Accounts and forfeitures in
the Prior Employer Contribution Investment Account) shall consist of the
Investment Funds (which may consist of mutual funds or other collective
investment vehicles) established or changed by the Committee from time to time.
Except as set forth in Sections 8.4 and 8.5, the Stock Funds shall not be
available investments; furthermore, any amounts transferred to the Stock Funds
shall cease to be part of the Profit Sharing Component.

(c)       (1)         Effective April 1, 1998, the Funds with
respect to the Basic Accounts shall consist of such funds (which may consist of
mutual funds or other collective vehicles) established or changed by the
Committee from time to time. Such Funds may be the same or different from the
Funds available under Section 8.1(b). Prior to May 1, 2002, the Stock Funds
shall not be available investments. Thereafter, the Common Stock Fund shall be
available; any amounts transferred to the Common Stock Fund shall cease to be
part of the Profit Sharing Component.

(2)         The Committee shall
establish an Investment Fund entitled the “Retirement Benchmark Fund,” which
shall only be available for investment of Basic Accounts by Pension Members, as
defined in the next sentence. Pension Members shall mean Members in this Plan
who are both Employees and participants in the Pension Plan, excluding (1)
persons who participated in the Pension Plan, terminated employment and elected
not to contribute to the Pension Plan upon reemployment and (2) DMJM employees
who participated in the Pension Plan prior to May 1, 1990, but elected to
discontinue participation on May 1, 1990. A Pension Member who terminates
employment and later becomes an Employee shall not be considered a

 40
 

Pension Member with respect to period of reemployment. Unless the
Committee decides otherwise, the following rules shall apply with respect to
the Retirement Benchmark Fund,

(A)            First,
effective April 1, 1998, all Basic Employee Pre-Tax Contributions, Basic
Employee After-Tax Contributions and Basic Company Match Contributions
(collectively, “Basic Contributions”) shall be invested in the Retirement
Benchmark Fund unless the Pension Member elects in writing to invest in one of
the other Investment Funds. Subject to the following sentence, any such Pension
Member who makes such an election as of April 1, 1998 or who does not elect to
make Basic Employee Pre-Tax Contributions equal to 1-1/2% of Compensation as of
April 1, 1998 shall not be permitted to direct future Basic Contributions into
the Retirement Benchmark Fund. For purposes of the preceding rules, (1) in the
case of a Pension Member on an unpaid leave of absence on April 1, 1998, the
date the Pension Member returns to paid employment shall be substituted for
April 1, 1998, (2) in the case of a Pension Member who was suspended from
making Pre-Tax Contributions as of April 1, 1998 because the Member took a
withdrawal pursuant to Sections 11.1, 11.2 or 11.3 of the Investment Plan (or
took any withdrawal from the Stock Investment Plan), the date the suspension
ends shall be substituted for April 1, 1998 and (3) for Pension Members with 25
or more years of credited service under the Pension Plan (20 years, for Pension
Members whose first hour of service as an employee of DMJM was before May 1,
1990), the reference to “1-1/2%” in the preceding sentence shall be reduced to
the rate set forth in Section 4.2(b), (c) or (d), as applicable, of the Pension
Plan.

(B)             Second,
the following rules apply to any Pension Member who subsequently either (x) directs
that Basic Contributions be invested in a Fund other than the Retirement
Benchmark Fund, (y) transfers any amounts from the Retirement Benchmark Fund
into another Investment Fund or (z) elects to make Basic Employee Pre-Tax
Contributions and Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions in an aggregate amount
that is less than 1.5% of the Member’s Compensation (except a reduction to 0%
during the period specified in Section 5.1(c) or Section 5.2(c) that no
contributions may be made because the Member took a withdrawal pursuant to
Sections 11.1, 11.2 or 11.3): (l) such Member must transfer all amounts out of
the Retirement Benchmark Fund into other Investment Funds available under
subsection (c)(l), (2) such Member cannot direct future Basic Contributions be
made into the Retirement Benchmark Fund, and (3) such Member cannot transfer
any Pension Account balances into the Retirement Benchmark Fund. For Pension
Members with 25 or more years of credited service under the Pension Plan (20
years, for Pension Members whose first hour of service as an employee of DMJM
was before May 1, 1990), the reference to “1-1/2%” in the preceding sentence
shall be reduced to the rate set forth in Section 4.2(b), (c) or (d), as
applicable, of the Pension Plan.

(C)             Finally,
if the Pension Member terminates employment and fails to elect a direct
rollover to the Pension Plan within the election period specified in the
Pension Plan, all amounts in the Retirement Benchmark Fund shall be transferred
(i) into such other Investment Funds available under

 41
 

subsection (c)(1) elected by the Member as soon as
practicable after such election is received or (ii) if no other Investment Fund
is elected by the Pension Member by the end of said election period, into the
money market fund as soon as practicable after the end of said election period.
No such Investment Funds shall remain invested in the Retirement Benchmark Fund
after the date specified in the preceding sentence.

(d)        (1)           Effective October 1, 2000, the “Preferred
Stock Fund” shall be a fund consisting primarily of Preferred Stock. This Fund
is part of the Sub-Component. Only three sources of Trust assets may be
invested in the Preferred Stock Fund: (i) pursuant to Section 8.4(b), amounts
in the Profit Sharing Component Accounts (excluding the Basic Accounts) may be
transferred to the Preferred Stock Fund (such amounts transferred shall cease
to be part of the Profit Sharing Component), (ii) pursuant to Section 8.7(b),
certain amounts held in the Sub-Component invested in the Common Stock Fund may
be transferred to the Preferred Stock Fund and (iii) pursuant to Section 5.5,
rollover contributions may be invested in the Preferred Stock Fund. Under no
circumstances shall any After-Tax Contributions, Pre-Tax Contributions, ESOP
Match Contributions, Basic Company Match Contributions or contributions to
Rollover Accounts be initially invested in the Preferred Stock Fund; however,
After-Tax Contributions, Pre-Tax Contributions and Rollover Contributions
initially invested in other Funds may be transferred to the Preferred Stock
Fund pursuant to the preceding sentence. Under no circumstances may Basic
Accounts or Prior ESOP Match Accounts be invested in, or transferred to, the
Preferred Stock Fund. Except as set forth in Sections 8.5(c), 8.6 and 8.7(b),
amounts invested in the Preferred Stock Fund may not be transferred to any
other Fund; Section 8.5(c) describes rules relating to conversion from
Preferred Stock into Common Stock and Section 8.7(b) permits limited transfers
to other Funds.

(2)             The
Preferred Stock Fund shall be invested exclusively in shares of Preferred
Stock, except for cash or cash equivalent investments (which may include
government securities, a money market or such investment selected by the
Committee) held (i) for the limited purpose of making Plan distributions to
Members and beneficiaries, (ii) pending the investment of contributions or
other cash receipts in Preferred Stock, (iii) for purposes of paying, under the
terms described in the Plan or Trust Agreement, fees and expenses incurred with
respect to the Plan or Trust and not paid for by the Company or Participating
Companies or (iv) in the form of de minimis cash balances.

(3)             Neither any Company, the Board of Directors,
the Committee or Trustee shall have any responsibility or duty to time any
transaction involving shares of Preferred Stock in order to anticipate market
conditions or changes in stock value, nor shall any such person have any
responsibility or duty to sell shares of Preferred Stock held in the Trust Fund
(or otherwise to provide investment management for shares of Preferred Stock
held in the Trust Fund) in order to maximize return or minimize loss. Subject
to the bylaws of the Company, the Trustee may purchase or sell Preferred Stock
either directly or indirectly from the Company or any shareholder of the
Company, including any person deemed to be a “party in interest” within the
meaning of ERISA Section 3(14) or a “disqualified person” within the meaning of
Code Section 4975. The

 42
 

Trustee shall comply with all federal and state
securities laws and with all applicable provisions of ERISA when purchasing or
selling such Preferred Stock, including, if required, the condition that such
sale or purchase be for adequate consideration (as defined in Section 3(18) of
ERISA), and no commission be charged when a purchase or sale of Preferred Stock
is made with a “party in interest” or a “disqualified person.” For this
purpose, prior to the Effective Date, if the Stock is not readily tradable the
Trustee shall rely on the most recent valuation of such Preferred Stock
rendered by an independent appraiser selected by the Trustee.

(4)           Depending upon the source of the transfer, Preferred Stock shall be
allocated to the Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock Account, Supplemental Employee
Pre-Tax Stock Account, Prior Employer Contribution Stock Account and/or
Rollover Stock Account. In addition, the Preferred Stock held in the foregoing
Accounts shall be accounted for as Unmatched Preferred Stock or Matched
Preferred Stock.

(5)           Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of the Plan, no
additional investments may be made into the Preferred Stock Fund after February
14, 2002.

(e)         (1)           The Profit Sharing Component is intended to
constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of ERISA, and the regulations
thereunder. As a result, with respect to elections described in the Profit
Sharing Component and any other exercise of control by a Member or his
Beneficiary over assets in the Member’s Profit Sharing Accounts (including, to
the maximum extent permitted by law, any election to invest in Common Stock or
Preferred Stock), such Member or Beneficiary shall be solely responsible for
such actions and neither the Trustee, the Committee, the Company, an Investment
Manager nor any other person or entity which is otherwise a Fiduciary shall be
liable for any loss or liability which results from such Member’s or
Beneficiary’s exercise of control.

(2)           The Committee shall provide to each Member or his Beneficiary the
information described in Section 2550.404c-l(b)(2)(i)(B)(1) of the Department
of Labor Regulations. Upon request by a Member or his Beneficiary, the
Committee shall provide the information described in Section
2550.404c-l(b)(2)(i)(B)(2) of the Department of Labor Regulations.

(3)           The Committee may take such other actions or implement such other
procedures as it deems necessary or desirable in order that the Plan comply
with Section 404(c) of ERISA.

8.2       Allocation of
Contributions (Other than ESOP Match Contributions) to Funds. Subject to all
provisions of law and effective as of a date or dates determined by the
Sponsoring Company, a Member’s After-Tax Contributions, Pre-Tax Contributions,
Basic Company Match Contributions and contributions to Rollover Accounts shall
be invested in the Investment Funds or Common Stock Fund in multiples of 1% (or
such other amount determined by the Committee), as elected by the Member
pursuant to Section 3.2 or as subsequently changed in accordance with Section
8.3. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Basic Accounts (and contributions
to them) may not be invested in, or transferred to, the Stock Funds prior to
May 1,

 43
 

2002; thereafter, the Common Stock Fund shall be available. No
contributions may be invested in the Preferred Stock Fund. In the event no permissible
Member election has been made, the Sponsoring Company may, in its sole
discretion, deem the Member to have elected that 100% of his contributions
shall be invested in the money market fund, provided that in the case of a
Pension Member who fails to make an election as of April 1, 1998, the
Sponsoring Company shall deem the Member to have elected that 100% of his Basic
Contributions shall be invested in the Retirement Benchmark Fund. An account
shall be established for each Member under each Fund to which such Member’s
contributions have been allocated. The Committee may provide for any additional
rules (including limits or restrictions) on investment allocations. Any such
rule shall be deemed adopted if generally disseminated to affected Members.

8.3       Change in Investment
Options. A Member may elect to change his investment option for future
After-Tax Contributions, Pre-Tax Contributions and Basic Company Match
Contributions, within the limits set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2, on any
Valuation Date or at any other times as the Sponsoring Company may prescribe,
by filing such election in such form and manner and at such time as the
Sponsoring Company may from time to time prescribe, which may include
telephonic instructions. The Committee may provide for any additional rules
(including limits or restrictions) on investment options changes. In addition,
no investment option changes may be made during any period, as determined in
the discretion of the Sponsoring Company, desirable to effect a change in plan
administration and/or record keeping; notwithstanding any other provision of
the Plan, the Sponsoring Company may provide that, during such period, no
changes shall be made with respect to amounts or allocations of contributions
otherwise permitted by the Plan. Any such rules permitted under this Section
8.3 shall be deemed adopted if generally disseminated to affected Members.

8.4       Transfer Between Funds.

(a)       Transfers Within Profit
Sharing Component. A Member may elect to transfer all or a portion (in multiples
of 1% (or such other amount determined by the Committee)) of his Profit Sharing
Component Accounts among the Investment Funds except as set forth in Section
8.l(b) or (c). The Committee may adopt an alternative or additional limitations
regarding Investment Fund transfers. A Member may make any permitted transfer
between Investment Funds as of any Valuation Date by filing such election in
such form and manner and at such time as the Sponsoring Company may from time
to time prescribe, which may include telephonic instructions.

(b)       Investment Funds to
Preferred Stock Fund. Subject to applicable securities laws limitations
(including Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 and Section
8.6 below), a Member may elect to transfer all or a portion (in multiples of 1%
(or such other amount determined by the Committee)) of his Accounts in the
Profit Sharing Component (other than his Basic Accounts) in which he is 100%
vested to the Preferred Stock Fund. Such transfer shall be made as of any Valuation
Date (for purposes of the Preferred Stock Fund) or at any other times
prescribed by the Sponsoring Company by filing an election in such form and
manner and at such time as the Sponsoring Company may from time to time
prescribe. Such transferred amounts shall (1) not constitute Stepovers, (2)
cease to be part of the Profit Sharing Component and (3) be held in the
Sub-Component under the Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock Account,
Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Account, Rollover Stock Account and/or
Prior Employer Contribution Stock Account, depending upon which Profit Sharing
Component

 44
 

Account the transferred amounts were held. Members who
cease to be Employees may not make any transfers pursuant to this Section
8.4(b). Such Preferred Stock shall be considered Unmatched Preferred Stock.
Except as set forth in this Section 8.4(b), a Member may not transfer any
amount from the Investment Funds to the Preferred Stock Fund. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no additional investments may be made into the Preferred Stock
Fund after February 14, 2002.

(c)       Preferred Stock Fund to
Investment Funds. Except as set forth in Section 8.7(b), a Member may not
transfer any amount from the Preferred Stock Fund to any of the Investment
Funds.

(d)       Transfers Involving
Common Stock Fund. See Section 8.5 for the only rules regarding transfers
(or conversions) from the Investment Funds or Preferred Stock Fund to the
Common Stock Fund. See Section 8.7 for the only rules regarding transfers from
the Common Stock Fund to the Investment Funds or the Preferred Stock Fund.

(e)       Other Rules. Except
as set forth in Sections 8.4(b) and 8.5 to 8.7, no transfers involving Stock
Funds are permitted; see Sections 8.1(a)(1) and 8.1(d)(1) for other limits on
transfers involving Stock Funds. The Committee may provide for any additional
rules (including limits or restrictions) on any type of transfer. Any such rule
shall be deemed adopted if generally disseminated to affected Members.

8.5       Transfers to Common
Stock Fund.

(a)       Profit Sharing Component
to Common Stock Fund. Subject to applicable securities laws limitations
(including Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 and Section
8.6 below), a Member may elect to transfer all or a portion (in multiples of 1%
(or such other amount determined by the Committee)) of his Accounts in the
Profit Sharing Component (prior to May 1, 2002, other than his Basic Accounts)
in which he is 100% vested to the Sub-component for investment in the Common
Stock Fund. Such transfer shall be made as of any Valuation Date for the Profit
Sharing Component (prior to the Effective Date, only on the quarterly Valuation
Dates under the Sub-Component) or at any other times prescribed by the
Sponsoring Company by filing an election in such form and manner and at such
time as the Sponsoring Company may from time to time prescribe. Such
transferred amounts shall no longer be part of the Profit Sharing Component and
shall be held in the Sub-Component under the Supplemental Employee After-Tax
Stock Account, Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Account, Basic Employee
After-Tax Stock Account, Basic Employee Pre-Tax Stock Account, Basic Company
Match Stock Account, Rollover Stock Account and/or Prior Employer Contribution
Stock Account, depending upon which Profit Sharing Component Account the
transferred amounts were held. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transfers may
be made on June 30, 2002.

(b)       Transfer from, Other
Plans to Common Stock Fund. Effective October 1, 1993 through December 31,
1993, an Employee (whether or not the Employee is a Member) who is a
participant in the Envirodyne Engineers, Inc. Savings Plan was permitted to
transfer all of the portion of his vested accounts from such plan to Stock
Investment Plan by filing an election in such form and manner and at such time
as the Sponsoring Company may from time to time prescribe and subject to any
such limitations that the Sponsoring Company may prescribe.

 45
 

Similar rules applied (1) effective as of March 31,
1996, to Employees (whether or not the Employee is a Member) who were
participants in the Turner Collie & Braden Inc. 401 (k) Savings Plan, (2)
effective as of September 30, 1999, to Employees (whether or not the Employee
is a Member) who were participants in the Spillis Candela & Partners Employee’s
Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan, (3) effective as of June 30, 2000, to Employees
(whether or not the Employee is a Member) who were participants in the Aqua
Alliance Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, and (4) effective March 31, 2002, to
Employees (whether or not the Employee is a Member) who were participants in
the 401 (k) Plan maintained by Cotton Bridges & Associates, Inc. provided
that Employees described in this sentence could not transfer any portion of an
account unless they were 100% vested in that account.

(c)       Conversion of Preferred
Stock into Common Stock. Pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Stock and
subject to applicable securities laws limitations (including Rule 701
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933), a Member may elect to convert
all or a portion of the Preferred Stock held in the Sub-Component to Common
Stock as of any date set forth in the terms of the Preferred Stock. Such a
conversion is made pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Stock, rather than as
transfer under this Plan, and shall be subject to all rules, conditions and
limits set forth in said terms. The resulting Common Stock shall be transferred
to the Common Stock Fund. In addition, such converted amounts shall (1)
constitute Stepovers and (2) remain part of the Sub-Component and continue to
be held in the Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock Account, Supplemental
Employee Pre-Tax Stock Account, Rollover Stock Account and/or Prior Employer
Contribution Stock Account.

(d)       Members who cease to be
Employees may not elect to make any transfers pursuant to this Section 8.5(a)
and (b) prior to the Effective Date.

8.6       Limits on Purchase of
Common and Preferred Stock-Rule 701.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, all
purchases of Common and Preferred Stock with respect to Part A of the
Sub-Component (see Section 1.3) prior to the Effective Date shall be limited to
the extent necessary to comply with Rule 701 (after taking into account
purchases of common and preferred stock units under the Stock Purchase Plan).
If purchases are so limited, Appendix E of the prior restatement shall be
applied.

8.7       Regular Diversification
Program.

(a)       Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan to the contrary, prior to October 1, 2000, (1) except as
provided in Appendix E, no amount invested in the Sub-Component may be
transferred to the Profit Sharing Component or invested in any Funds other than
the Common Stock Fund, and (2) no amounts in the Prior ESOP Match Accounts may
be transferred to the Profit Sharing Component or invested in any Funds other
than the Common Stock Fund.

(b)       Regular Diversification
Program. Effective October 1, 2000 until the Effective Date, a Member (who
is an Employee) may transfer amounts (1) from his or her Sub-Component Accounts
to other Investment Funds (“Cash Diversifications”) and/or (2) from the Common
Stock Fund to the Preferred Stock Fund (“Common to Preferred
Diversifications”), in each case subject to the rules set forth in this Section
8.7(b), provided that no Common to Preferred Diversifications shall be made
after December 31, 2001. This program is named the

 46
 

Regular Diversification Program. This Program applies
only to the Sub-Component; a Member may not transfer any amount from his Prior
ESOP Match Accounts to the Investment Funds or Preferred Stock Fund.

(1)         Subject to applicable
securities laws limitations (including Rule 701 promulgated under Securities
Exchange Act of 1933 and Section 8.6) and the limitations set forth in this
Section 8.7(b), a Member may elect to make Cash Diversifications and/or Common
to Preferred Diversifications in multiples of 1% (or such other amount
determined by the Committee) of the applicable transferor Account(s) in which
he is 100% vested.

(A)          Common to Preferred
Diversifications shall be made on any January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1
(or any other times prescribed by the Sponsoring Company), by filing an
election in such form and manner and at such time as the Sponsoring Company may
from time to time prescribe. If amounts in the Common Stock Fund are transferred
to the Preferred Stock Fund, such amounts shall (i) remain part of the
Sub-Component and (ii) be held in the Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock
Account, Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Account, Rollover Pre-Tax Stock
Account and/or Prior Employer Contribution Stock Account. Such Preferred Stock
is considered Matched Preferred Stock.

(B)           Cash Diversifications
shall be made as of the first day of any Plan Year (or any other times
prescribed by the Sponsoring Company), by filing an election in such form and
manner and at such time as the Sponsoring Company may from time to time
prescribe. Except as provided in Section 8.7(b)(3)(D), such transferred amounts
(i) shall no longer be part of the Sub-Component and (ii) shall be held in the
Supplemental Employee After-Tax Investment Account, Supplemental Employee
Pre-Tax Investment Account, Rollover Investment Account and/or Prior Employer
Contribution Investment Account, depending upon which Account the transferred
amounts were held, provided that if the Member is not 100% vested in the Prior
Employer Contribution Investment Account, then the amounts transferred to that
Account shall be held in a subaccount of such Account in which the Member shall
be 100% vested.

(2)         Notwithstanding the
foregoing, aggregate transfers under this Section 8.7(b) shall be limited as
follows.

(A)          Under no circumstances
shall any Cash Diversifications or Common to Preferred Diversifications be made
to the extent they could reasonably result in an excise tax under Section 4978
of the Code.

(B)           Cash Diversifications
will only be available to the extent that purchases of shares of the Company’s
Common Stock (and certain other securities) under this Plan, the Stock Purchase
Plan and all other Company programs during the prior Plan Year from the Company
(excluding exchanges from Preferred Stock into Common Stock) equals or exceeds
the sum of all

 47

repurchases of Common and Preferred Stock (and certain
other securities) under all programs by the Company plus all distributions
under the Company’s Stock Purchase Plan during the prior Plan Year. The Company
has full discretion to develop rules to implement this limitation.

(C)        No such Cash
Diversifications or Common to Preferred Diversifications shall be made to the
extent they could reasonably result in violation of Section 9.9.

(D)        In the event that
aggregate transfers are limited by virtue of any of the foregoing rules,
transfers shall be limited on a pro rata basis among all Members requesting the
applicable transfers.

(3)       The
following limits apply on an individual Member basis.

(A)       The maximum number of
Shares that a Member may transfer from the Common Stock Fund to the other Funds
(including the Preferred Stock Fund) during a Plan Year shall not exceed the
number of Shares held in the Sub-Component Accounts of that Member on the
Anniversary Date of the sixth preceding Plan Year reduced by the all Shares
that Member transferred under this Section 8.7(b) during the preceding five
Plan Years and by all Shares previously distributed at any time under Section
11.7 during the preceding five Plan Years. By way of example, the number of
Shares that a Member may transfer during the Plan Year beginning on October 1,
2000 shall equal the number of Shares held in the Member’s Stock Investment
Plan Accounts on September 30, 1995; the number of Shares that the Member may
transfer during the Plan Year beginning on October 1, 2001 equals the number of
Shares held in the Member’s Stock Investment Plan Accounts on September 30,
1996 reduced by Shares diversified under this Section 8.7 since that date. The
Shares that may be diversified pursuant to this rule, together with all shares
of Preferred Stock, are referred to as “Eligible Shares.”

(B)        The maximum amount of Cash
Diversifications that a Member may make during any Plan Year shall not exceed
the excess, if any, of (x) the greater of $50,000 or 20% of the Member’s Eligible
Shares (as defined in (A) above) held in his Sub-Component Accounts as of the
beginning of the Plan Year over (y) the total amount diversified for the prior
12 months pursuant to Section 11.7.

(C)        This Section 8.7(b) shall
not apply to executive officers, that is, officers listed in the “Management”
section of the Offering Circular of the Company.

(D)        Members who cease to be
Employees may not elect to make a transfer pursuant to this Section 8.7.
However, elections made prior to cessation of employment (if made in accordance
with applicable Plan rules) will be honored.

 48
 

(4)         The Committee may adopt
rules to effectuate or modify any of the foregoing rules or limits set forth in
this Section 8.7(b).

(5)         This Program is available
only due to the fact the Sponsoring Company is willing to purchase the Common
Stock and Preferred Stock. The Sponsoring Company reserves the right to
terminate or modify this Section 8.7(b) at any time and for any reason by
amending the Plan or announcing to the Members that the Program is no longer
available. The Sponsoring Company also reserves the right, in managing in
liquidity in accordance with its credit and other debt agreements and otherwise
in a prudent fashion, to reduce or refrain from repurchasing Common or
Preferred Stock in its sole discretion. All such decisions shall be made by the
Sponsoring Company in a non-fiduciary capacity.

(c)       Tender Offer. From
the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Lapse Date, a
Member may also make a Cash Diversification of his Stock Component Accounts
invested in Class A Common Stock to the extent provided by any tender offer
made by the Company. The right to so diversify shall be limited in all respects
by the applicable rules of the tender offer, if any. No other Cash
Diversifications of Class A Common Stock are permitted. Any proceeds of a
tender offer shall be invested in the Investment Fund described in Section 8.1
(b) most closely resembling a money market account, and may thereafter be
transferred in accordance with Section 8.4(a), or if the Member has had a
Termination of Employment, distributed in accordance with section 12.3. Any
such proceeds shall no longer be held in the Stock Component. Any proceeds
arising from Common Stock held in the Sub-Component shall be held in the
corresponding Profit Sharing Component Account. Any proceeds arising from
Common Stock held in the Prior ESOP Match Accounts shall be held in the Prior
ESOP Match Transfer Account.

(d)       Class B Common Stock.
On and after the Effective Date, a Member elect to transfer all or a portion
(in multiples of 1% (or such other amount determined by the Committee)) of his
Class B Common Stock held in the Stock Component Accounts among the Investment
Funds described in Section 8.1(b). The Committee may adopt an alternative or
additional limitations regarding such transfers. A Member may make any
permitted transfer as of any Valuation Date by filing such election in such
form and manner and at such time as the Sponsoring Company may from time to
time prescribe, which may include telephonic instructions. Any such transferred
amounts from the Sub-Component shall be held in the corresponding Profit
Sharing Component Account; any transferred amounts from the Prior ESOP Match
Accounts shall be held in the Prior ESOP Match Transfer Account.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and/or Trustee, in their reasonable
judgment, may place limits on transfers pursuant to this subsection to ensure
an orderly market for the stock is maintained and/or to avoid adverse impact on
the market. Transfers of Class A Common Stock are not permitted.

8.8       Legal Limitation.
Neither the Committee nor the Board of Directors shall be required to engage in
any transaction, including, without limitation, directing the purchase or sale
of Shares or Preferred Stock, which it determines in its sole discretion might
tend to subject itself, its members, the Plan, any Company, or any Member to
liability under federal or state laws.

 49
 

8.9       Valuations.

(a)       The Trustee shall value
each Fund described in Article VIII at fair market value as of the close of
business on each Valuation Date. In making such valuation, the Trustee shall
deduct all charges, expenses and other liabilities, if any, contingent or
otherwise, then chargeable against each such Fund, in order to give effect to
income realized and expenses paid or incurred, losses sustained and unrealized
and expenses paid or incurred, losses sustained and unrealized gains or losses
constituting appreciation or depreciation in the value of Trust investments in
each such Fund since the last previous valuation. In valuing the assets of the
Trust Fund, if the shares are readily tradable on an established securities
market, the value of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall be the
fair market value of such stock on such market. If the shares are not readily
tradable on an established securities market, then (1) prior to the Effective
Date, the fair market value determined in good faith by the Trustee based upon
an appraisal by an independent appraiser selected by the Trustee and, in the
case of the Common Stock, meeting requirements similar to the requirements of
Code Section 170(a)(l), and (2) on and after the Effective Date, the fair
market value determined in good faith by the Trustee, provided that with
respect to sales, withdrawals and distributions, the Trustee may, with the
consent of the Company, assume that the Class A Common Stock has the same value
as the publicly traded Class B Common Stock.

(b)       As soon as reasonably
practicable after each month-end, the Trustee shall deliver in writing to the
Sponsoring Company a certified valuation of each Fund as of month-end, together
with a statement of the amount of net income or loss (including appreciation or
depreciation in the value of Trust investments in each such Fund) for the
period. Prior to the Lapse Date, valuations as to Common Stock shall be made as
agreed upon by the Company and Trustee.

8.10     Separate Accounts. The
amount contributed by or on behalf of a Member or allocated to such Member
shall be credited to his Accounts in the manner set forth in Articles V, VI and
VII of the Plan. If an Account invested in more than one Fund described in
Section 8.1, a subaccount shall be maintained for each such Fund. Except as
otherwise provided in the Plan and/or law, regulation or ruling, no amount
allocated to a Member’s Account shall be reallocated to a different Account of
such Member.

8.11     Accounts of Members
Transferred to an Affiliated Company. If a Member is transferred to an
Affiliated Company which is not a Participating Company, the amount credited to
his Account shall continue to share in the earnings or losses of each Fund for
which such Member has an Account(s) and such Member’s rights and obligations
with respect to his Account shall continue to be governed by the provisions of
the Plan and Trust.

8.12     Adjustment of Members’
Accounts in the Investment Funds. As of each Valuation Date, the Profit
Sharing Component Account of each Member shall be adjusted so that the amount
of net income, loss, appreciation or depreciation in the value of each
Investment Fund for which such Member has an account(s) for the period
(hereinafter referred to as the “Valuation Period”) from the last previous
Valuation Date to the current Valuation Date shall be credited to or charged
against the Member’s Investment Fund accounts in the ratio that (i) the balance
in each Investment Fund account of each Member as of the prior Valuation Date
minus the amount distributable to such Member from such Investment Fund Account
during such

 50
 

Valuation Period bears to (ii) the balance in all such
Members’ Investment Fund Accounts as of the prior Valuation Date minus the
total amounts distributable to all such Members from all such Investment Fund
Accounts during such Valuation Period.

8.13                Adjustment of
Members’ Accounts in the Stock Funds.

(a)                  The value of a
Member’s Stock Component Accounts as of any Valuation Date shall equal the sum
of:

(1)         The aggregate value (as
determined under Section 8.9) of all Shares and Preferred Stock allocated to
such Member’s Accounts as of such Valuation Date;

(2)         Subject to Section
8.13(b), the aggregate value of dividends, if any, received as of such
Valuation Date on Shares and Preferred Stock allocated to such Member’s
Accounts; and

(3)         Such Member’s allocable
share (determined in accordance with the rules set forth in Section 6.4 for
determining Member’s allocable share of Shares) of the earnings, if any, on all
amounts (other than Common or Preferred Stock) held in the Stock Component.

(4)         Any Shares and Preferred
Stock received by the Trustee as a result of a stock split, dividend,
conversion, or as a result of a reorganization or other recapitalization of the
Sponsoring Company shall be allocated as of the day on which the Shares and Preferred
Stock received by the Trustee in the same manner as the Shares and Preferred
Stock to which they are attributable are then allocated.

(b)                  Any dividends
payable with respect to Shares or Preferred Shares held by the Stock Component
shall, to the extent permitted by law and the Code, be retained in the Trust
Fund and allocated pursuant to Section 8.13(a)(2) or (a)(4).

(c)                  The Committee
shall establish accounting procedures for the purpose of making the allocations
and adjustments to Members’ Stock Component Accounts in accordance with
provisions of the Plan. Class B Common Stock shall be accounted for using a
share accounting methodology. From time to time, the Committee may modify its
accounting procedures for the purpose of achieving equitable and nondiscriminatory
allocations among the Stock Component Accounts of Members in accordance with
the provisions of the Plan.

8.14                Rule 16b-3
Provisions.

(a)                  This Section
shall apply on and after the Effective Date and shall only apply to
Participants who are officers or directors subject to the prohibitions of
Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (“SEC Section 16”). The
provisions of this Section relate to 17 C.F.R. 240.16b-3 (hereinafter known as
Rule 16b-3), promulgated under SEC Section 16.

(b)                  Notwithstanding
any other provision on the Plan to the contrary, the Committee, may (but need
not) provide that, except as provided in Rule 16b-3, (1) no election of a Stock
Fund Sale shall be made unless the election is made at least six months following
the election of the most recent Stock Fund Purchase; (2) no election of a Stock
Fund Purchase shall

 51
 

be made unless the election is made at least six
months following the election of the most recent Stock Fund Sale. For this
purpose, a Stock Fund Sale is either (1) the reallocation of the
investment of a Participant’s existing Account balances so that amounts in the
Stock Funds are transferred to one or more other Investment Funds or (2)
reduction in the Stock Fund balances due to a distribution, withdrawal or loan
to a Participant. A Stock Fund Purchase is the reallocation of the investment
of a Participant’s existing Account balances so that there is a transfer from
one or more Investment Funds to the Stock Funds. However, a transaction shall
not be a Stock Fund Sale or a Stock Fund Purchase unless it is at the volition
of the Participant, is not required to be made available to the Participant
pursuant to the Code and is not made in connection with the Participant’s
death, disability, retirement or termination of employment.

(c)                  The Committee
may (but need not) adopt such rules and/or take such actions or implement such
measures and/or limitations as it deems desirable in order to comply with 17
C.F.R. 240.16b-3, promulgated under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (“SEC Section 16”), as well as Rule 144, including without
limitation, rules that (1) exclude Participants subject to this Section from
using the Voice Response System and (2) provide that loans and in-service withdrawals
may be made from all Funds (excluding the Stock Funds), on a pro rata basis if
the election of the in-service withdrawal or loan is made within six months of
an election of a Stock Fund Purchase. Neither the Company, the Board, the
Committee, the Trustee nor the Plan shall have any liability to any Participant
in the event any Participant has any liability under SEC Section 16 or Rule 144
due to any rule so adopted, the failure to adopt any rule, any Plan provision
(or lack thereof), or any transaction under the Plan made available to the
Participant pursuant to the Code and is not made in connection with the
Participant’s death, disability, retirement or termination of employment.

 52
 

ARTICLE IX

LEGAL LIMITS ON CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

9.1 Section 401(m)
Limitations on After-Tax Contributions and Basic Company Match Contributions.

(a)       The Sponsoring Company will
estimate, as soon as practical, before the close of the Plan Year and at such
other times as the Sponsoring Company in its discretion determines, the extent,
if any, to which After-Tax Contributions and/or Basic Company Match
Contributions may not be available to any Member or class of Members under Code
Section 401(m). Solely for purposes of this Section 9.1, allocations of
forfeitures to Basic Company Match Accounts, if any, shall be treated as Basic
Company Match Contributions. In accordance with any such estimate, the
Sponsoring Company may modify the limits in Section 5.1(a) or (b) and/or
percentage in Section 7.1 or set initial or interim limits, for After-Tax
Contributions and/or Basic Company Match Contributions relating to any Member
or class of Members. These rules may include provisions authorizing the
suspension or reduction of After-Tax Contributions above a specified dollar
amount or percentage of Compensation. After determining the amount of excess
Pre-Tax Contributions, if any, under Section 9.2(a) and (b), the Sponsoring
Company shall determine the aggregate contribution percentage under (b) below.

(b)       For each Plan Year, a contribution
percentage will be determined for each Employee who is a Member or who is
eligible to become a Member equal to the ratio of the total amount of the
Employee’s After-Tax Contributions allocated under Section 5.1 (a) and (b) for
the Plan Year and Basic Company Match Contributions (and any Pre-Tax
Contributions of the Employee redesigned as After-Tax Contributions under
Sections 5.2(d) and 9.2(e) in the Plan Year in which such excess Pre-Tax
Contributions would be included in the gross income of the Employee) divided by
the Employee’s Statutory Compensation in the Plan Year. Except as provided
otherwise by the Sponsoring Company, all Pre-Tax Contributions shall be treated
under the preceding sentence as After-Tax Contributions to the extent permitted
by Treasury Regulations. If such Pre-Tax Contributions are treated as After-Tax
Contributions, the Plan must satisfy Section 9.2(b) both by counting such
amounts as Pre-Tax Contributions and by excluding such amounts as Pre-Tax
Contributions. For the purpose of this paragraph, an After-Tax Contribution
shall be taken into account only if it is paid to the Trust within the
applicable Plan Year (or withheld by the Company within the Plan Year and
transmitted to the Plan within a reasonable time after the Plan Year).

(c)       For purposes of this
Section 9.1, an Employee’s Statutory Compensation taken into account for this
purpose shall be limited to Statutory Compensation received during the Plan
Year while the Employee is a Member.

(d)       With respect to Employees
who are Members or who are eligible to become Members, the average of the
contribution percentages for Highly Compensated Employees (“High Average”) when
compared with the average of the contribution percentages for Non-Highly
Compensated Employees (“Low Average”) must meet one of the following
requirements:

(1)         The High Average is no
greater than 1.25 times the Low Average; or

 53
 

(2)         The High Average is no
greater than two times the Low Average, and the High Average is no greater than
the Low Average plus two percentage points.

(e)       If, at the end of a Plan
Year, the contribution percentage for any Plan Year for Highly Compensated
Employees exceeds the limits established in (d), then the Committee may elect,
at its discretion, to pursue any of the following courses of action or any
combination thereof:

(1)         Excess After-Tax
Contributions and, if the Committee elects, excess Basic Company Match
Contributions for such Plan Year (and the earnings attributable to such excess
contributions through end of the Plan Year) shall be distributed to the Highly
Compensated Employees within 2-1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year to the
extent feasible and in all events no later than 12 months after the end of the
Plan Year. The Company may distribute After-Tax Contributions before
distributing any Basic Company Match Contributions, or vice-versa (and may
distribute After-Tax Investment or Stock Contributions before Basic Employee
After-Tax Contributions) and may distribute (or forfeit pursuant to clause (2)
or (3) below) Forfeitures allocated to Basic Company Match Accounts prior to
distributing amounts allocated to any Basic Company Match Account.

(2)         Excess Basic Company
Match Contributions (and any earnings attributable thereto through the end of
the Plan Year) attributable to excess Basic Employee Pre-Tax Contributions
under Section 9.2 or 9.5 or attributable to excess Basic Employee After-Tax
Contributions, may be forfeited.

(3)         Basic Company Match
Contributions (and any earnings attributable thereto through the end of the
Plan Year) that are not vested may be forfeited.

(4)         Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the condition in the next sentence must be met if there are Basic
Company Match Contributions (and Forfeitures) allocated to a Member which are
attributable to excess Basic Employee Pre-Tax Contributions under Sections 9.2
or 9.5 or attributable to excess Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions. In
such case, Basic Company Match Contributions remaining in the Plan allocated to
the Member after satisfying this Section cannot exceed the amount which may be
allocated under Section 7.1 when taking into account only those Basic Employee
Pre-Tax Contributions and Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions remaining in
the Plan after satisfying Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.5. Any such excess Basic
Company Match Contributions (and earnings attributable thereto) must be
forfeited or returned pursuant to clauses (1), (2) or (3) above.

(f)        Excess Basic Company Match
Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions for Plan Years beginning on or
after January 1, 1997 shall be determined by the Committee as follows. The
Committee shall calculate a tentative reduction amount to the Basic Company
Match Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions made with respect to the
Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest contribution percentage equal
to the amount which, if it were actually reduced, would enable the Plan to meet
the limits in (d) above, or to cause the contribution percentage of such Highly
Compensated Employee(s) to equal the actual contribution percentage of the
Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next-highest contribution percentage,
and the process shall be repeated until the limits in (d) above are

 54
 

satisfied. The aggregate amount of the tentative
reduction amounts in the preceding sentence shall constitute “Refundable
Contributions”. To the extent (e)(l)-(3) above applies, the entire aggregate
amount of the Refundable Contributions shall be refunded (or forfeited) to
Highly Compensated Employees. The amount to be refunded to (or forfeited with
respect to) each Highly Compensated Employee (which shall constitute his excess
Basic Company Match Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions) shall be
determined as follows: (i) the Basic Company Match Contributions and/or
After-Tax Contributions made with respect to the Highly Compensated Employee(s)
with the highest dollar amount of Basic Company Match Contributions and/or
After-Tax Contributions shall be refunded to the extent that there are
Refundable Contributions or to the extent necessary to cause the dollar amount
of Basic Company Match Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions of such
Highly Compensated Employee(s) to equal the dollar amount of Basic Company
Match Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions made with respect to the
Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next-highest Basic Company Match
Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions, and (ii) the process in the
foregoing clause shall be repeated until the total amount of Basic Company
Match Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions refunded equals the total
amount of Refundable Contributions.

(g)       The earnings attributable
to excess contributions will be determined in accordance with Treasury
Regulations. Neither the Committee nor any Participating Company will be liable
to any Member (or to his Beneficiary, if applicable) for any losses caused by
inaccurately estimating or calculating the amount of any Member’s excess
contributions and earnings attributable to the contributions.

(h)       In the discretion of the
Sponsoring Company the tests described in this Section may be applied by
aggregating the Plan with any other defined contribution plans permitted under
the Code, other than any employee stock ownership plan.

(i)        The tests of Sections
9.1(d) and 9.2(d) shall be met in accordance with the prohibition against the
multiple use of the alternative limitation under Code Section 401(m)(9). A
single aggregate limit shall be calculated, in accordance with the regulations
under Section 401(m)(9) of the Code, by applying the alternative limitation to
only one of the following: the average of the contribution percentages under
this section or the average of the actual deferral percentages under Section
9.2. For purposes of tins test, the average of the contribution percentages and
the average of the actual deferral percentages may be combined to the extent
permitted by the regulations under Section 401(m)(9). This subsection (i) shall
not apply for Plan Years beginning on and after October 1, 2002.

(j)        Notwithstanding the above,
the Section 401(m) and Section 401(m)(9) tests shall be calculated under
Section 9.1 by ignoring the average of the contribution percentages and the
actual deferral percentages calculated under the employee stock ownership plan
(or portion thereof). Accordingly, for the Plan Year 2002, such tests under
this Section 9.1 shall be met by ignoring Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock
Contributions made prior to May 1, 2002, but taking into account Supplemental
Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions made after on and after May 1, 2002.

 55
 

9.2       Section 401(k)
Limitations on Pre-Tax Contributions.

(a)       The Sponsoring Company will
estimate, as soon as practical before the close of the Plan Year and at such
other times as the Sponsoring Company in its discretion determines, the extent,
if any, to which deferral treatment for Pre-Tax Contributions under Section
401(k) of the Code may not be available to any Member or class of Members. In
accordance with any such estimate, the Sponsoring Company may modify the limits
in Section 5.2(a) or (b) or set initial or interim limits, for Pre-Tax
Contributions relating to any Member or class of Members. These rules may
include provisions authorizing the suspension or reduction of Pre-Tax
Contributions above a specified dollar amount or percentage of Compensation.

(b)       For each Plan Year, an
actual deferral percentage will be determined for each Employee who is a Member
or who is eligible to become a Member equal to the ratio of the total amount of
the Employee’s Pre-Tax Contributions allocated under Section 5.2 for the Plan
Year divided by the Employee’s Statutory Compensation in the Plan Year.

(c)       For purposes of this
Section 9.2, an Employee’s Statutory Compensation taken into account for this
purpose shall be limited to Statutory Compensation received during the Plan
Year while the Employee is a Member.

(d)       With respect to Employees
who are Members or who are eligible to become Members, the average of the
actual deferral percentages for Highly Compensated Employees (“High Average”)
when compared with the average of the actual deferral percentages for
Non-Highly Compensated Employees (“Low Average”) must meet one of the following
requirements;

(1)         The High Average is no
greater than 1.25 times the Low Average; or

(2)         The High Average is no
greater than two times the Low Average, and the High Average is no greater than
the Low Average plus two percentage points.

(e)       If, at the end of a Plan
Year, a Member or class of Members has excess Pre-Tax Contributions, then the
Sponsoring Company may elect, at its discretion, to pursue any of the following
courses of action or any combination thereof:

(1)         Within 2-1/2 months after
the end of the Plan Year, excess Pre-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year may be
redesignated as After-Tax Contributions and accounted for separately. Excess
Pre-Tax Contributions, however, may not be redesignated as After-Tax
Contributions with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee to any extent that
such redesignated After-Tax Contributions would exceed the limits of Section
5.1(a) and (b) when combined with the After-Tax Contributions of that Employee
under Section 5.1(a) and (b) for the Plan Year. Adjustments to withhold any
federal, state, or local taxes due on such amounts may be made by the
Participating Company against Compensation yet to be paid to the Member during
that taxable year.

(2)         Excess Pre-Tax
Contributions, and any earnings attributable thereto through the end of the
Plan Year, may be returned to the Participating Company employing the Member,
solely for the purpose of enabling the Company to withhold any federal, state,
or local taxes due on such amounts. The Participating Company will pay

 56
 

all remaining amounts to the Member within the 2-1/2
month period following the close of the Plan Year to which the excess Pre-Tax
Contributions relate to the extent feasible, but in all events no later than 12
months after the close of such Plan Year. For purposes of this paragraph (2),
excess Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Investment Contributions shall be returned
prior to excess Basic Employee Pre-Tax Contributions.

(3)         The Participating
Company, in its discretion, may make a contribution to the Plan, which will be
allocated as a fixed dollar amount among the Accounts of Non-Highly Compensated
Employees who have met the requirements of Section 3.1.

(f)        The amount of the excess
Pre-Tax Contributions to be returned to Highly Compensated Employees will be
determined by the Sponsoring Company in accordance with the procedures
described in Section 9.1(f). The rules described in Section 9.1(g) and (h)
shall also apply for purposes of this Section 9.2.

(g)       If the Sponsoring Company
determines that an amount to be deferred pursuant to the election provided in
Section 5.2(a) or (b) would cause Company contributions under this and any
other tax-qualified retirement plan maintained by any Company to exceed the
applicable deduction limitations contained in Section 404 of the Code, or to
exceed the maximum Annual Addition determined in accordance with Section 9.6,
the Sponsoring Company may, to the extent permitted by the Code, treat such
amount in accordance with the rules in Section 9.2(e) hereof.

(h)       Notwithstanding the above,
the Section 401(k) test shall be calculated under this Section 9.2 by ignoring
the average of the actual deferral percentages calculated under any employee
stock ownership plan or portion thereof. Thus, for the Plan Year ending in
2002, such test under this Section 9.2 shall be met by ignoring Supplemental
Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions made prior to May 1, 2002, but taking into
account Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions made on and after May
1, 2002.

9.3       Section 401(m)
Limitations on Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions and Certain
ESOP Match Contributions.

(a)       The Sponsoring Company will
estimate, as soon as practical, before the close of the Plan Year and at such
other times as the Sponsoring Company in its discretion determines, the extent,
if any, to which Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions and/or
Prior ESOP Match Account allocations described in (b) below, may not be
available to any Member or class of Members under Code Section 401(m). In
accordance with any such estimate, the Sponsoring Company may modify the limits
in Section 5.1(a) and/or the Matching Percentage or set initial or interim
limits for Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions and/or the
Matching Percentage relating to any Member or class of Members. These rules may
include provisions authorizing the suspension or reduction of Supplemental
Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions above a specified dollar amount or
percentage of Compensation. After determining the amount of excess Supplemental
Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions, if any, under Section 9.4, the Sponsoring
Company shall determine the aggregate contribution percentage under (b) below.

 57
 

(b)       For each Plan Year, a contribution percentage will be determined for
each Member who is an Eligible Employee equal to the ratio of the total amount
of the “Company Matching Allocation” for the Plan Year divided by the Member’s
Statutory Compensation (as limited in Section 9.1(c)) in the Plan Year. “Company
Matching Allocation” shall mean the sum of (1) all allocations to the Member’s
Prior ESOP Match Account with respect to his Supplemental Pre-Tax and
Supplemental After-Tax Contributions (and allocations to the Prior ESOP Match
Account with respect to Forfeitures of the Prior Employer Contribution
Investment Accounts, if any), (2) the Member’s Supplemental Employee After-Tax
Stock Contributions, and (3) any Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock
Contributions of the Employee redesignated as Supplemental Employee After-Tax
Stock Contributions under Sections 5.2(d) and 9.4 in the Plan Year in which
such excess Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions would be included
in the gross income of the Employee. Except as provided otherwise by the
Sponsoring Company, all Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions shall
be treated under the preceding sentence as Supplemental Employee After-Tax
Stock Contributions to the extent permitted by Regulations. If such
Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions are treated as Supplemental
Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions, the Plan must satisfy Section 9.4 both
by counting such amounts as Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions
and by excluding such amounts as Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock
Contributions. For the purpose of this paragraph, a Stock After-Tax
Contribution shall be taken into account only if it is paid to the Trust within
the applicable Plan Year (or withheld by the Company within the Plan Year and
transmitted to the Plan within a reasonable time after the Plan Year).

(c)       For purposes of this Section 9.3, (1) an Prior ESOP Match Account
allocation shall be taken into account for a Plan Year only if it is allocated
to the employee’s account as of a date within that year, the contribution is
paid to the Trust Fund by the end of the 12th month following the close of that
year and if attributable to Pre-Tax Contributions or After-Tax Contributions;
(2) all contributions that are made under two or more employee stock ownership
plans that are aggregated for purposes of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) of the
Code (other than Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii) of the Code) shall be treated as made
under a single plan; (3) if this Plan and one or more other employee stock
ownership plans are permissively aggregated for purposes of Section 401(m) of
the Code, such aggregated plans must also satisfy Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b)
of the Code as though they were a single plan; and (4) the contribution
percentage of a Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to participate in
more than one employee stock ownership plan maintained by the Affiliated
Company to which the matching contributions are made shall be calculated by
treating all such plans subject to Section 401(m) of the Code under which the
Employee is eligible to participate (other than those that may not be
permissively aggregated) as a single plan. Similar rules shall apply for
purposes of Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.4.

(d)       With respect to Members who are Eligible Employees, the average of the
contribution percentages for Highly Compensated Employees (“High Average”) when
compared with the average of the contribution percentages for non-Highly
Compensated Employees (“Low Average”) must meet one of the tests set forth in
Section 9.1(d).

(e)       No allocation shall be made with respect to Company Matching Allocations
to the extent that allocations would result in a violation of the limits
established in this Section 9.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the end
of a Plan Year, the contribution percentage for any Plan Year for Highly
Compensated Employees exceeds the limits established

 58
 

in (d), then the Committee may elect, at its discretion,
to pursue any of the following courses of action or any combination thereof:

(1)         Excess Supplemental
Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions and, if the Committee elects, excess
ESOP Match Contributions for such Plan Year (and the earnings attributable to
such excess contributions through end of the Plan Year) shall be distributed to
the Highly Compensated Employees within 2-1/2 months after the end of the Plan
Year to the extent feasible and in all events no later than 12 months after the
end of the Plan Year. The Company may distribute Supplemental Employee
After-Tax Stock Contributions before distributing any ESOP Match Contributions,
or vice-versa (and may distribute (or forfeit), pursuant to paragraph (2) or
(3) below, Forfeitures allocated to the Prior ESOP Match Account from the Prior
Employer Contribution Investment Account prior to distributing ESOP Match
Contributions).

(2)         Excess ESOP Match
Contributions (and any earnings attributable thereto through the end of the
Plan Year) attributable to excess Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Contributions
under Sections 9.2, 9.4 or 9.5 or attributable to excess Supplemental Employee
After-Tax Contributions under section 9.1 or 9.3, may be forfeited.

(3)         ESOP Match Contributions
(and any earnings attributable thereto through the end of the Plan Year) that
are not vested may be forfeited.

(4)         Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the condition in the next sentence must be met if there are ESOP
Match Contributions (and Forfeitures) allocated to a Member which are attributable
to excess Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Contributions under Sections 9.2, 9.4
or 9.5 or attributable to excess Supplemental Employee After-Tax Contributions.
In such case, ESOP Match Contributions remaining in the Plan allocated to the
Member after satisfying this Section cannot exceed the amount which may be
allocated under Article VI when taking into account only those Supplemental
Employee Pre-Tax Contributions and Supplemental Employee After-Tax
Contributions remaining in the Plan after satisfying Article IX. Any such
excess ESOP Match Contributions (and earnings attributable thereto) must be
forfeited or returned pursuant to clauses (1), (2) or (3) above.

(5)         Amounts forfeited shall
be allocated to the Prior ESOP Match Accounts of Eligible Members in the manner
described in Section 6.3(b).

(f)        The amount of excess
Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions and ESOP Match
Contributions to be returned to Highly Compensated Employees (or forfeited)
shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with the procedures in
Section 9.1(f).The rules
described in Section 9.1(g) shall also apply for purposes of this Section.

(g)       In the discretion of the
Sponsoring Company the tests described in this Section may be applied by
aggregating the Plan with any other employee stock ownership plan.

(h)       The tests of Sections
9.3(d) and 9.4(d) shall be met in accordance with the prohibition against the
multiple use of the alternative limitation under Code Section 401(m)(9). A
single aggregate limit shall be calculated, in accordance with the regulations
under Section

 59
 

401(m)(9) of the Code, by applying the alternative
limitation to only one of the following: the average of the contribution
percentages under this section or the average of the actual deferral
percentages under Section 9.4. For purposes of this test, the average of the
contribution percentages and the average of the actual deferral percentages may
be combined to the extent permitted by the regulations under Section 401(m)(9).

(i)        Notwithstanding the above,
the Section 401(m) and Section 401(m)(9) tests shall be calculated under this
Section 9.3 by ignoring the average of the contribution percentages and the
actual deferral percentages calculated under the Profit Sharing Component or
any other plan that is not an employee stock ownership plan.

(1)         Thus, for Plan Year
ending in 2002, such tests under this Section 9.3 shall be met by considering
only the contributions to the Stock Component made prior to May 1, 2002.

(2)         Because the Stock
Component ceased to be considered part of an employee stock ownership plan as
of May 1, 2002, the test under this Section 9.3 shall be made by ignoring any
Supplemental Employee After-Tax Stock Contributions made after May 1, 2002 or
any Prior ESOP Match Account allocations made after May 1, 2002. Accordingly,
this Section 9.3 shall cease to apply after May 1, 2002.

9.4       Section 401(k)
Limitations on Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions.

(a)       The Sponsoring Company will
estimate, as soon as practical before the close of the Plan Year and at such
other times as the Sponsoring Company in its discretion determines, the extent,
if any, to which deferral treatment for Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock
Contributions under Section 401(k) of the Code may not be available to any
Member or class of Members. In accordance with any such estimate, the
Sponsoring Company may modify the limits in Section 5.2(a) or set initial or
interim limits, for Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions relating
to any Member or class of Members. These rules may include provisions
authorizing the suspension or reduction of Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock
Contributions above a specified dollar amount or percentage of Compensation.

(b)       In addition to ensuring
compliance with Code Section 401 (k) under Section 9.2 with respect to Basic
Employee Pre-Tax and Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Investment Contributions for
each Plan Year, the Sponsoring Company will ensure compliance under Code
Section 401 (k) with respect to Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock
Contributions under this Section 9.4. Such tests and remedial actions shall be
performed in accordance with the rules set forth in Section 9.2(b)-(g), except
that such test shall be performed by considering only Supplemental Employee
Pre-Tax Stock Contributions and, in the discretion of the Sponsoring Company,
by aggregating such contributions with any defined contribution plan permitted
under the Code that is an employee stock ownership plan. The Section 401(k)
test shall be calculated under this Section 9.4 by ignoring the actual deferral
percentages calculated under the Profit Sharing Component or any other plan
that is not an employee stock ownership plan.

(c)       Because the Stock Component
ceased to be considered part of an employee stock ownership plan as of May 1,
2002, the test under this Section 9.3 shall be made by ignoring any
Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions made after May 1, 2002.
Accordingly, this Section 9.4 shall cease to apply after May 1, 2002.

9.5       Section 402(g)
Limitations on Pre-Tax Contributions.

(a)       The aggregate Pre-Tax
Contributions (other than Catch-up Contributions) made on behalf of any Member
shall not exceed the limitation under Code Section 402(g)(l) for the taxable
year of the Member as adjusted annually under Section 402(g)(5) of the Code,
and shall be effective as of January 1 of each calendar year.

(b)       In the event that the
dollar limitation provided for in Section 9.5(a) is exceeded, the Member is
deemed to request a distribution of the excess amount by the first March 1
following the close of the Member’s taxable year, and the Sponsoring Company
shall distribute such excess amount, and any income allocable to such amount,
to the Member by April 15th. In determining the excess amount distributable
with respect to a Member’s taxable year, excess Pre-Tax Contributions
previously distributed for the Plan Year beginning in such taxable year shall
reduce the amount otherwise distributable under this Paragraph (b). If Pre-Tax
Contributions need to be distributed, Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Investment
Contributions shall be distributed first, then Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax
Stock Contributions and finally Basic Employee Pre-Tax Contributions.

(c)       In the event that a Member
is also a participant in (1) another qualified cash or deferred arrangement as
defined in Section 401 (k) of the Code, (2) a simplified employee pension, as
defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code, made under such other arrangement(s)
and (3) this Plan, cumulatively exceed the dollar limit under Section 9.5(a)
for such Member’s taxable year, the Member may, not later than March 1
following the close of his taxable year, notify the Sponsoring Company in
writing of such excess and request that the Pre-Tax Contributions made on his
behalf under this Plan be reduced by an amount specified by the Member. The
Sponsoring Company may then determine to distribute such excess in the same
manner as provided in this Section 9.5.

9.6       Limitation on Annual
Additions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
the Annual Additions to all of the Accounts of a Member shall not exceed the
limitations set forth in Appendix B attached hereto. Section 6.3 provides a
limit on allocations to comply with these rules.

9.7       Limitation on Company
Contributions. Subject to Code Section 404(a)(9), the aggregate Pre-Tax
Contributions and other employer contributions for any Plan Year made by the
Sponsoring Company and Participating Company under Articles VI and VII and
under any other profit sharing plan(s) and employee stock ownership plan(s)
maintained by Sponsoring Company or a Participating Company shall not exceed
15% of the compensation paid or accrued to all Members, plus the amount of any “unused
pre-’87 limitation carryforwards” available under Section 404(a)(3)(A) of the
Code. The compensation taken into account for purposes of the preceding
sentence shall be the compensation paid or accrued during the Sponsoring
Company’s taxable year ending with or within the Plan Year to which the
Sponsoring Company contribution relates.

 60
 

9.8       Limitation on Electing
Shareholder. No portion of any Shares acquired by the Trust in a
nonrecognition transaction to which Section 1042 of the Code applies (or any
securities allocable in lieu thereof) may be allocated to the account of:

(a)       during the 10-year period
after the applicable sale (or, if later, final payment of the Exempt Loan
incurred to acquire the Shares) to either (i) the selling shareholder or any
other taxpayer who made a Section 1042 sale to the Plan, or (ii) the spouse,
brothers or sisters (whether by the whole or half blood), ancestors or lineal
descendants of any person described in (i);
or

(b)       any shareholder owning (as
determined under Section 318(a) of the Code) more than twenty-five percent
(25%) in value of any class of stock of the Company.

9.9       Limitations on
Investments in Stock Component. Prior to May 1, 2002, at least 50% of the
value of the Stock Component at any time must be invested in Shares. As set
forth in Section 8.7(b), the Regular Diversification Program allowed Members to
transfer funds from the Sub-Component of the Stock Component to the Profit
Sharing Component. Any such amounts so transferred shall no longer be
considered part of the Stock Component and shall be ignored for purposes of
this computation. The 50% limit shall no longer apply after May 1, 2002.

 61

ARTICLE X

RETIREMENT, DEATH, DISABILITY

AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

10.1     Retirement at 65. If a
Member incurs Termination of Employment (for reasons other than death), and
such Member has, at the time of such Termination of Employment attained age 65,
such Member shall receive a benefit equal to the total amount in the Member’s
Account, as determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.2.
Subject to Section 12.1(a), such a Member’s distribution shall commence as soon
as practicable following his Termination of Employment; he may not defer
benefits until a later date.

10.2     Death. If a Member
incurs a Termination of Employment because of death, such Member’s Beneficiary
shall receive a benefit equal to the total amount in the Member’s Account, as
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.2. Such a
Beneficiary’s distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following the
date of the Member’s death; he may not defer benefits until a later date.

10.3     Disability. Subject to
Section 12.1(c), if a Member incurs a Termination of Employment because of
Disability, such Member shall be entitled to receive a benefit equal to the
total amount in the Member’s Account, as determined in accordance with the
provisions of Section 12.2. The determination of the Committee as to whether a
Member has a Disability and the date of such Disability shall be final, binding
and conclusive. Subject to Section 12.1(c), such a Member’s distribution shall
commence as soon as practicable following his Termination of Employment on
account of Disability.

10.4     Vesting of Members.

(a)       In the event a Member
incurs a Termination of Employment with at least five Years of Vesting Service,
such Member shall be 100% vested in the Member’s
Basic Company Match Account and Prior ESOP Match Account. The Member
shall be zero percent vested until he has five years. Effective May 1, 2002,
all Members with an Hour of Service on or after that date will be 100% vested
after three years of Vesting Service (0% until three years).

(b)       Any Member who incurs a
Termination of Employment on or after October 1, 2001, shall be 100% vesting
his/her Prior Employer Contribution Account. Different schedules apply for
those terminating prior to that date; said schedules appear in the restatement
effective October 1, 2000.

(c)       Each Member shall have a
100% nonforfeitable right to the amount in his Accounts other than the Prior
ESOP Match Account and Basic Company Match Account.

(d)       A Member who is an Employee
of the Company or an Affiliate at the time he attains age 65, dies or incurs a
Termination of Employment on account of Disability shall be fully vested in his
Accounts on such date.

10.5     Other Termination of
Employment. Subject to Section 12.1(c), in the event a Member who is not
entitled to a benefit under Section 10.1-10.3 incurs a Termination of
Employment (which, to the extent set forth in Section 12.4, results in a Break
in Service), such Member shall be entitled to receive a benefit equal to the
Vested Interest of his Accounts, as

 63
 

determined in accordance with the provisions of
Section 12.2, as soon as practicable after such Termination of Employment.

10.6     Forfeiture of Non-Vested
Amounts.

(a)       That portion of a Member’s
Accounts that is not vested upon his Termination of Employment shall be
forfeited at the time such Member receives a distribution or as of the end of
the Plan Year in which such Member incurs five consecutive Breaks in Service,
whichever occurs first. A Member who ceases to participate in the Plan and
whose nonforfeitable percentage in his Accounts is zero, shall be deemed to
have received a complete distribution of the nonforfeitable portion of his
Accounts.

(b)       Forfeitures of Basic
Company Match Accounts shall be used to reduce the Basic Company Match
Contributions in accordance with uniform rules adopted by the Sponsoring
Company.

(c)       Forfeitures of Prior ESOP
Match Accounts shall be used to reduce the Basic Company Match Contributions in
accordance with uniform rules adopted by the Sponsoring Company.

(d)       If a Member who receives a
distribution of less than 100% of his Account is rehired, such Member may repay
the amount of distribution from his Account received by him provided he has not
incurred five consecutive Breaks in Service after the distribution of his Account.
(If the Member was zero percent vested in his Accounts, he shall be deemed to
have repaid them if he is rehired prior to incurring five consecutive Breaks in
Service.) As of the date of such repayment, his Account will be reinstated (in
cash) with amounts forfeited (unadjusted for any increase or decrease in the
value of Trust assets subsequent to the last day of the Plan Year in which the
Forfeiture occurred) pursuant to Section 10.6(a), plus the amount of his
repayment. Such reinstatement shall be made with Forfeitures occurring during
the Plan Year (any Forfeitures so used shall reduce the amount of Forfeitures
allocated pursuant to the preceding paragraphs). If Forfeitures are
insufficient to make such reinstatement, a special Participating Company
contribution shall be made to provide such reinstatement. In the event a Member
is rehired after incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service, or if he elects
not to repay the amount of any prior distribution before incurring five
consecutive Breaks in Service, his Years of Vesting Service after his date of
rehire shall not be taken into account in determining the vested percentage of
his Account that accrued prior to his Termination of Employment.

 64
 

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

11.1     Partial Withdrawals.

(a)       Subject to subsection (b),
a Member may elect as of any Valuation Date to withdraw all or any part of the
value (as of such Valuation Date) of the vested Accounts set forth below by
filing such election in such form and manner and at such time (prior to the
Valuation Date as of which such withdrawal is to be effective) as the
Sponsoring Company may from time to time prescribe. Payment of a withdrawal
under this Section 11.1 shall be withdrawn from a Member’s Account in the following
order:

(1)         first, from the Member’s
Supplemental Employee After-Tax Contributions made by the Member prior to
January 1, 1987;

(2)         second, from all other amounts in the Member’s Supplemental Employee
After-Tax Account apportioned between contributions and earnings thereon in
accordance with the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder,

(3)         third, effective May 1, 2002, from Rollover Accounts (first, from the
After-Tax Rollover Account, and then the Pre-Tax Rollover Account),

(4)         fourth, effective May 1, 2002, from the Prior Employer Contributions
Account, provided that no amount may be withdrawn from this Account unless the
Participant has five years of Vesting Service,

(5)         fifth, effective on the Effective Date, from the Prior ESOP Match
Transfer Account and the Prior ESOP Match Account on a prorata basis, provided
that no amount may be withdrawn from this Account unless the Participant has
five years of Vesting Service.

(b)       Notwithstanding the above, (1) prior to May 1, 2002, no amount may be
withdrawn pursuant to this Section 11.1 from the Accounts listed in (a)(3) —
(4) above, (2) prior to the Effective Date, no Common Stock or Preferred Stock
may be withdrawn and no amounts may be withdrawn from the Stock Component or
from the Accounts listed in (a)(5) above, and (3) after the Effective Date, no
Class A Common Stock (or Preferred Stock) may be withdrawn at any time. No
Basic Accounts may be withdrawn.

(c)       Any election by a Member under this Section 11.1 shall be made in such
form and manner and at such time (prior to the Valuation Date as of which such
withdrawal is to be effective) as the Sponsoring Company may from time to time
prescribe. Payment of a withdrawal under this Section 11.1 shall be made in a
lump sum in cash, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Valuation Date as
of which such withdrawal is effective. However, with respect to the Stock
Accounts invested in Class B Common Stock (no other withdrawals are permitted
from Stock Component Accounts), the rules set forth in Section 11.3(e)(2) shall
apply. That portion of such Member’s Accounts not withdrawn pursuant to this
Section 11.1 shall remain in the Trust Fund allocated to his Accounts.

 65
 

11.2     59-1/2 Withdrawals.

(a)       Effective May 1, 2002, a Member who has attained 59-1/2 may elect as of
any Valuation Date to withdraw all or any part of the nonforfeitable interest
in the value of his Accounts as of such Valuation Date. Distributions shall be
made from Accounts in the order set forth in Section 11.1(a)-(e), (subject to limitations
in Section 11.1), and then from the remainder of the Accounts. Unless the
Company decides otherwise, Stock Component Accounts shall be withdrawn after
Profit Sharing Accounts. Subject to the preceding sentence, in the case of
Pre-Tax Accounts, withdrawals shall be first withdrawn from the Supplemental
Employee Pre-Tax Account, then from Catch-up Accounts, if any, and then from
the Basic Accounts (first, from the Basic Employee After-Tax, then the Basic
Employee Pre-Tax and finally the Basic Company Match Account).

(b)       Prior to May 1, 2002, a Member may elect as of any Valuation Date to
withdraw all (but not less than all) of the nonforfeitable interest in the
value of his Profit Sharing Component Accounts (other than the Basic Accounts)
as of such Valuation Date, but excluding such Member’s Supplemental Employee
Pre-Tax Investment Account unless the Member has attained age 59 1/2 on such
Valuation Date. No Basic Accounts or Stock Component Accounts may be withdrawn.

(c)       Any election by a Member under this Section 11.2 shall be made in such
form and manner and at such time (prior to the Valuation Date as of which such
withdrawal is to be effective) as the Sponsoring Company may from time to time
prescribe. Payment of a withdrawal under this Section 11.2 shall be made in a
lump sum in cash, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Valuation Date as
of which such withdrawal is effective. However, with respect to the Stock
Component Accounts, the rules set forth in Section 11.3(c)(2) shall apply. That
portion of such Member’s Accounts not withdrawn pursuant to this Section 11.2
shall remain in the Trust Fund allocated to his Accounts.

(d)       That portion of a Member’s Account which is not vested shall be
forfeited as of the end of the Plan Year of his withdrawal under this Section
11.2. Such forfeitures shall be allocated in accordance with the provisions of
Section 10.6and uniform rules
adopted by the Sponsoring Company. If a Member who forfeits a portion of
Account under this Section 11.2 repays the entire amount of the distribution
received by him before incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service after the
withdrawal was effective, his Account will be credited (in cash) with the
amount forfeited under the preceding sentence, plus the amount of his repayment,
in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6.

(e)       For purposes of this Section 11.2, a Member shall be deemed to have
attained age 59 1/2 on the Valuation Date of the sixth calendar month following
the month in which occurs his 59th birthday.

11.3     Hardship Withdrawal.

(a)       A Member may apply for a withdrawal on account of hardship (as
hereinafter defined in this Section 11.3) of all or a part of the value of his
vested Accounts, provided that prior to May 1, 2002, only amounts in the
Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Investment Account and, if the hardship amount
exceeds the balance in the Supplemental

 66
 

Employee Pre-Tax Investment Account, Sub-Component Accounts may be
withdrawn. Such a withdrawal shall be made by filing such application in such
form and manner and at such time as the Sponsoring Company may from time to
time prescribe. An application for a hardship withdrawal under this Section
11.3 may be submitted only by a Member who (i) has no balance in his Accounts
or is withdrawing the entire amount which he is eligible to withdraw under the
provisions of Section 11.1 and 11.2 in conjunction with his application for a
hardship withdrawal and (ii) has applied for and received all loans available
to such Member under Section 11.5 (except to any extent the effect of
requesting any additional loan from the Plan would be to increase the amount of
the need). That portion of such Member’s Accounts not withdrawn pursuant to
this Section 11.3 shall remain in the Trust Fund allocated to his Accounts.
Distributions shall be withdrawn in the order set forth in Section 11.2(a).

(b)       For purposes of this Section 11.3, hardship shall be determined in the
sole discretion and judgment of the Sponsoring Company in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory manner and shall be deemed to exist only in the case of
immediate and heavy financial needs of the Member. In no event shall an amount
withdrawn under this Section 11.3 exceed an amount required to meet the
immediate financial need created by the hardship (including taxes or penalties
reasonably anticipated from the distribution) and not reasonably available
(determined in the sole discretion of the Sponsoring Company) from other
resources of the Member. For purposes of this Section 11.3, “immediate and
heavy financial needs” shall include:

(1)         uninsured medical expenses as described in Section 213(d) of the Code,
previously incurred by the Member, a member of the Member’s immediate family or
household or another dependent or necessary to obtain such medical care;

(2)         purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the
Member;

(3)         payment of tuition and, effective January 1, 1995, related educational
fees and room and board expenses, for the next twelve months of post-secondary
education for the Member, his spouse or children;

(4)         payments of amounts necessary to prevent the eviction of the Member from
his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of such principal
residence; and

(5)         such other expenses that may be included by the Commissioner of Internal
Revenue.

The Sponsoring Company shall grant its consent to a withdrawal under
this Section 11.3 only if the Member represents (in writing) that the
withdrawal is needed for immediate and heavy financial obligations of the
Member which cannot be met through:

(1)         reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;

(2)         reasonable liquidation of the Member’s assets, to the extent such
liquidation would not itself cause an immediate and heavy financial need;

 67
 

(3)         cessation
of elective contributions or Member contributions under the Plan; or

(4)         other
distributions or nontaxable (at the time the loan is made) loans from plans
maintained by the Sponsoring Company or by any other employer, or by borrowing
from commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms.

For purposes of this Section 11.3, a Member’s resources shall be deemed
to include those assets of his spouse and minor children that are reasonably
available to such Member.

(c)       Except as provided
otherwise in the following sentence, the withdrawal amount from any of the
Pre-Tax Accounts shall not exceed the value of the Member’s contributions to
that Pre-Tax Account, less a previous withdrawals and excluding earnings and
appreciation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any distribution under this
Section 11.3 may include earnings and appreciation accrued to the Member’s
Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Investment Account prior to 1989.

(d)       Notwithstanding the
foregoing provisions of this Section 11.3, prior to May 1, 2002, under no
circumstances shall any amounts be withdrawn from the Stock Component to the
extent they could reasonably result in an excise tax under Section 4978 of the
Code. In addition, the amount which may be withdrawn under this Section 11.3(d)
from a Member’s Account shall be subject to any applicable loan documents of
the Sponsoring Company.

(e)       Payment of amounts from the
Profit Sharing Component under this Section 11.3 shall be made in a lump sum,
in cash, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date on which such
withdrawal is approved by the Sponsoring Company.

(1)         Distributions from the
Stock Component Accounts shall be made in kind in a single lump sum as soon as
reasonably practicable after the date the withdrawal is approved by the
Sponsoring Company. The number of shares distributed shall be based on the
dollar amount of the approved hardship divided by the fair market value of the
Common Stock or Preferred Stock, on the Valuation Date coinciding with or
immediately preceding the Member’s distribution under this Section. On and after
the Effective Date, (i) to the extent the Stock Component Accounts is invested
in Class B Common Stock, the Member may elect a distribution in cash in
accordance with Section 12.4(c), and (ii) distributions from the Stock
Component Accounts shall be made in accordance with Section 12.4(e).

11.4     Repayment of Withdrawn
Amounts Prohibited. Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.6 and
Section 11.2, repayment of withdrawals or distributions under Articles X — XII
are not permitted.

11.5     Loans to Members.

(a)       Each Member shall have the
right, subject to prior approval by the Committee, to borrow from his Profit
Sharing Component Accounts (other than his Basic Accounts) and, effective as of
the Effective Date, the Stock Component Accounts, but only to the extent it is
invested in Class B Common Stock. Loans shall be taken on a prorata basis from
all

 68
 

eligible Accounts (and within each such Account, on a
prorata basis from each Fund). Application for a loan must be submitted by a
Member to the Committee on such form(s) as the Committee may require. Approval
shall be granted or denied as specified in subsection (b), on the terms
specified in subsection (c). For purposes of this Section 11.5, but only to the
extent required by Department of Labor Regulations Section 2550.408b-l, the
team “Member” shall only include Employees, and any former Employee,
Beneficiary or alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as
defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, who is a party in interest and has an
interest in the Plan that is not contingent. A Member may not borrow with
respect to any Class A Common Stock held in his Accounts or from his Basic
Accounts.

(b)       The Committee shall grant
any loan which meets each of the requirements of paragraphs (1), (2), (3) and
(4) below:

(1)         The
amount of the loan, when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to
the Member from the Plan or any other qualified plan of the Sponsoring Company
or any Affiliated Company, shall not exceed the lesser of:

(A)            $50,000,
reduced by the excess, if any, of a Member’s highest outstanding balance of all
loans from the Plan or any other qualified plan maintained by the Sponsoring
Company or any Affiliated Company during the preceding 12 months over the
outstanding balance of such loans on the loan date, or

(B)             50%
of the value of the vested balance of the Member’s Profit Sharing Component
Accounts (prior to October 1, 2001, excluding the Member’s Basic Accounts)
established as of the Valuation Date preceding the date upon which the loan is
made, plus effective as of the Effective Date, 50% of Stock Component Accounts.

(2)         No
more than one loan may be outstanding to a Member at any time.

(3)         The
loan shall be for at least $1,000.

(4)         The
Member shall have paid a reasonable application fee in an amount determined by
the Committee.

(c)       Each loan granted shall, by
its terms, satisfy each of the following additional requirements:

(1)         Each
loan term must be for no more than 5 years, except that loans which are being
used to purchase the principal residence of a Member may have a term of up to
20 years for repayment. In the case of a Member on a leave of absence without
pay, if the Member is unable to make repayments, then the Member may, upon
written application to and approval by the Committee, defer repayments for up
to 12 months. In this case, interest shall continue to accrue during the
deferral period, the term of the loan shall not be extended and a new repayment
schedule based on the additional accrued interest shall replace the initial
repayment schedule on a prospective basis. Only one such deferral may be
granted for any loan.

 69
 

(2)         Each
loan must require substantially level amortization over the term of the loan,
with payments not less frequently than quarterly. Loans shall be in default if
all loan payments are not made for any 3 month period, unless the Member is
granted 12 months to defer repayments pursuant to subsection (c)(l).
Notwithstanding the above, if the Member fails for whatever reason to repay the
full amount of the loan, including interest by the time set forth in the note,
the Committee may (i) immediately reduce the value of the Member’s vested
Accounts (other than the Pre-Tax Accounts) by the amount of the unpaid
principal and interest and/or (ii) at such time a distribution is to be made to
the Member, reduce such distribution by the amount of the remaining unpaid
principal and interest.

(3)         Each loan must be
adequately secured, with the security to consist of the balance of the Member’s
Accounts.

(A)            In
the case of any Member who is an active Employee, automatic payroll deductions
shall be required as additional security.

(B)             The
amount of the loan shall reduce the amount of the Member’s Accounts invested in
Investment Funds under Section 8.1 on a pro rata basis. The interest payments
and investment gain or loss attributable to the loan shall not be included in
the calculation or allocation of the increase or decrease in fair market value
of the Investment Funds of the Plan pursuant to Article VIII. Instead, the entire
gain or loss (including any gain or loss attributable to interest payments or
default) shall be allocated to the Profit Sharing Accounts of the Member.

(4)         Each
loan shall bear a reasonable fixed rate of interest, which rate shall in no
event be less than 1% over the Prime Rate, as published in the Wall Street
Journal, in effect on the first business day of the month in which the loan
application is made.

(d)       All loan payments shall be
transmitted by the Sponsoring Company to the Trustee as soon as practicable but
not later than the end of the month during which such amounts were received or
withheld. Loans may not be prepaid in part. Any prepayment shall be paid
directly to the Trustee in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee.

(e)       Each loan shall be
evidenced by a promissory note executed by the Member and payable in full to
the Trustee, not later than the earliest of (1) a fixed maturity date meeting
the requirements of subsection (c)(1) above, (2) the Member’s death, (3) the
termination of the Plan or (4) except for parties in interest, as defined in
Section 3(14) of ERISA, the Member’s Termination of Employment. Such promissory
note shall evidence such terms as are required by this Section 11.5.

(f)        The Committee shall have
the power to modify the above rules or establish any additional rules with
respect to loans extended pursuant to this Section. Such rules may be included
in a separate document or documents and shall be considered a part of this
Plan; provided, each rule and each loan shall be made only in accordance with
the regulations and rulings of the Internal Revenue Service and Department of
Labor and other applicable state or

 70
 

federal law. The Committee shall act in its sold discretion to
ascertain whether the requirements of such regulations and rulings and this
Section 11.5 have been met.

(g)       Loan repayments will be
suspended under this Plan as permitted under Section 414(u)(4) of the Code.

11.6     Special In-Service
Withdrawal Rules for Spillis and Castella Employees. This Section 11.6 only
applies to Castella Members and Spillis Members as defined in Sections
1.4(g)and 1.4(h). Any such Member may elect, as of any Valuation Date to
withdraw all or part of the value, as of such Valuation Date, of his Rollover
Investment Account by filing such election in such form and manner and at such
time (Prior to the Valuation Date as of which such withdrawal is to be
effective) as the Sponsoring Company may from time to time prescribe. Payment
of such withdrawal shall be made in cash as soon as reasonably practicable
after the Valuation Date as of which such withdrawal is effective. Such
withdrawal may be made prior to the Member’s Termination of Employment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Spillis Member, such withdrawal
may only be made if the Spillis Member has attained age 65.

11.7     Statutory Diversification. A Member may elect, within ninety (90) days after the close of the
first Plan Year in which he becomes a Qualified Member and within ninety (90)
days of the close of each of the five succeeding Plan Years, to have
twenty-five percent (25%) of the number of the Shares in his Stock Component
Accounts (to the extent such portion exceeds the amount to which a prior
election pursuant to this Section 11.7 applies, as determined under IRS Notice
88-56) distributed to him in the form of a single payment in Shares with
fractional Shares paid in cash. Such a Qualified Member may also elect, within
90 days after the close of the Plan Year within which the last such election is
offered, to have 50 percent of the number of Shares in his Stock Component
Accounts (to the extent such portion exceeds the amount to which a prior
election pursuant to this Section 11.7 applies, as determined pursuant to
Shares paid in cash. For purposes of this Section 11.7, a “Qualified Member”
shall mean a Member who (1) has completed at least ten years of participation
under the Plan and (2) has attained age 55.

11.8     Prior ESOP Match Allocations. Shares in the Prior ESOP Match Accounts shall be diversified prior to
Shares in the Sub-Component. Notwithstanding the definition of Common Stock,
any distribution of accordance with Section 12.4(e). Notwithstanding the
foregoing, after the Effective Date, the number of shares distributed pursuant
to this Section 11.7 shall be reduced by the number of shares converted from
Class A Company common Stock to Class B company Common Stock, whether or not
such Class B shares are transferred to other funds. In addition, no shares
shall be distributed under this Section 11.7 after the Lapse Date.

 71
 

ARTICLE XII

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

12.1     General Limitations.

(a)       Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan (other than Section 12.5), in the case of a Member who
attains age 70 1/2, the required beginning date for the payment of that Member’s
benefits under this Plan shall be no later than April 1 following the calendar
year in which the Member attains age 70 1/2. In accordance with Section
401(a)(9) of the Code and Regulations promulgated thereunder and other
applicable Regulations and for purposes of the incidental death benefits
requirements of the Code, distribution shall in no event be made over a period
not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Member (or over a period not
extending beyond the life expectancy of the Member and his Beneficiary); this
rule shall not, however, provide any additional distribution options not
provided under the Plan.

(b)       Distribution upon Death.
If the Member dies after the distribution of his interest has begun under this
Section 12.1 and before his entire interest has been distributed to him in
accordance with the Plan, the remaining portion of such Member’s interest shall
be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being
made. If the Member dies before his required beginning date (whether or not the
distribution of his interest has begun), the entire remaining interest of the
Member shall be distributed to his Beneficiary over a period not exceeding 5
years after the death of the Member; provided, however, if the Member’s Beneficiary
is the Member’s surviving spouse, such remaining interest shall be distributed,
in accordance with the Plan and regulations promulgated under the Code, over a
period beginning not later than the later of (i) December 31 of the calendar
year following the calendar year in which the Member dies, or (ii) December 31
of the calendar year in which the Member would have attained age 70 1/2and extending not later than the life
expectancy of such Beneficiary. Life expectancy used in calculating distributions
under this Section 12.1 shall be recalculated each year for which a
distribution is made.

(c)       Consent. (1) In no
event may distribution be made prior to a Member’s attainment of age 65, unless
the Member consents in writing to such distribution or the value of the
distribution is equal to or less than the Cash-Out Amount. If the total
nonforfeitable balance in a Member’s Account exceeds (or, for distributions
before October 17, 2000, immediately prior to an earlier distribution ever
exceeded) the Cash-Out Amount, then regardless of the balance at the date of
distribution, no immediate distribution shall be made without such Member’s
consent. Effective May 1, 2002, the value of a participant’s nonforfeitable
Account shall be determined without regard to that portion of the account
balance that is attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable
thereto) within the meaning of sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8),
408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16) of the Code. For purposes of this Article XII,
an immediate distribution means the distribution of any part of the Member’s
benefit prior to age 65. An explanation of the Member’s right to defer
distribution of the nonforfeitable balance of his Account shall be provided to
the Member no less than 30 and no more than 90 days before the date such
distribution is to be made (consistent with such regulations as the Secretary
of the Treasury may prescribe). Such distribution may commence less than 30
days after the notice described in the preceding sentence is given, provided
that: (i) the Committee clearly informs the Member that the Member has the
right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider
the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a
particular

 72
 

distribution option), and (ii) the Member, after
receiving the notice, affirmatively elects an immediate distribution. No
consent is valid if it is given more than 90 days before the annuity starting
date or the date the foregoing explanation is given to the Member. Subject to
Section 12.4(d), if a Member does not consent within 60 days after notification
of his right to receive a distribution, no distribution shall be made until the
end of the Plan Year during which the Member attains age 65, dies, or consents
in writing to such distribution, whichever occurs first. See also Section
12.4(d) for special rules regarding the Prior ESOP Match Account of a Member
who does not consent.

(d)       Latest Commencement of Benefits. Payment of a Member’s termination benefits shall begin on an annuity
starting date no later than 60 days after the latest of:

(1)         the close of the Plan
Year in which the Member attains age 65;

(2)         the 10th anniversary of the close of the Plan Year in which the Member
commenced participation in the Plan; or

(3)         the close of the Plan Year in which the Member ceased to be in the
employ of the Participating Company.

(e)       For purposes of this Article XII, the term “annuity starting date” means
the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle a Member to such
Member’s benefit.

(f)        Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan to the
contrary, except as provided in this subsection (f), (1) no Member who incurs a
Termination of Employment prior to age 65 may elect to commence distributions
after attainment of age 65 and (2) no Member who incurs a Termination of
Employment on or after attainment of age 65 may elect to defer distribution to
a date after Termination of Employment. However, M&E Members (as defined in
Section 1.4(i)) who incur Termination of Employment prior to the Required
Beginning Date may defer commencement of their distributions until their
Required Beginning Date by filing an election with the Committee.

(g)       Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the consent of the Participant
nor the Participant’s Spouse shall be required to the extent that a
distribution is required to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) or 415 or to the
extent required by Article 9. In addition, upon termination of this Plan, to
the extent the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a
commercial provider) and if the Employer or any entity within the same
controlled group as the Employer does not maintain another defined contribution
plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section
4975(e)(7)), then the Participant’s Account balance shall, without the
Participant’s consent, be distributed to the Participant. However, if any
entity within the same controlled group as the Employer maintains another defined
contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in
Code Section 4975(e)(7)), then the Participant’s Account balance shall be
transferred, without the Participant’s consent, to the other plan if the
Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution.

(h)       Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no
distribution or withdrawal to a Participant shall be permitted if Section
401(k) of the Code prohibits the distribution or withdrawal. In addition, no
distribution shall be made to a Participant in

 73
 

connection with a termination of employment due to some type of
corporate transaction if the Participant’s Accounts are transferred to a
tax-qualified plan of the acquiring entity. If a distribution is prohibited by
either of the foregoing rules, the Participant shall not be treated as having a
termination of employment.

12.2     Termination of Employment
Benefits. Subject to Section 12.1, the Sponsoring Company shall cause to be
made distribution of the vested benefits of the Profit Sharing Component
Accounts (and after the Lapse Date, Stock Component Accounts) payable to a
Member or his Beneficiary as soon as practicable after Termination of
Employment, based upon the value of such Member’s Accounts as of the Valuation Date
on which such distribution is made. Subject to Section 12.1, prior to the Lapse
Date, vested Stock Component Accounts shall be distributed as soon as
practicable after the Plan Year-end Valuation Date (as set forth in Section
12.4) coincident with or immediately following the later of (i) the date on
which such Member’s Termination of Employment (which, to the extent set forth
in Section 12.4, results in a Break in Service) occurs. Such benefits shall be
paid in the form specified in Sections 12.3 and 12.4.

12.3     Method of Payment of
Profit Sharing Component.

(a)       (1)         Subject to the limitations described in
Sections 12.1 and 12.3(d) and (f) of the Plan, vested benefits from the Profit
Sharing Component shall be paid in the form of a cash lump sum.

(2)         With respect to
distributions commencing prior to October 1, 2002, in lieu of a cash lump sum,
a Member may elect installments (each paid not more frequently than one within
any calendar year) over a fixed (as specified by the Member or Beneficiary)
number of calendar years comprising not less than 1 calendar year not more than
20 calendar years without regard to the duration of the life of the Member or
Beneficiary. No such distributions may be elected after September 30, 2002.
Each such installment shall equal the value of the Member’s Profit Sharing
Component Account as of the Valuation Date as of which such installment is paid
multiplied by a fraction whose numerator is one and whose denominator is the
number of specified installments remaining in such specified number of years.
Subject to Section 12.1, in respect of all then unpaid amounts in his Profit
Sharing Component Accounts, a Member may make an election to change his prior
election under this Section 12.3 by filing such change in such form and manner
and at such time as the Sponsoring Company may from time to time prescribe;
provided, however, no such change under this sentence shall be effective (i)
within 12 calendar months of a previous election or previous change under this
Section 12.3 or (ii) in respect of any installment to be paid as of a Valuation
Date less than 30 days after the date on which such change is filed.

(3)         In
addition, a TCB Member (as defined in Section 1.4(d)) who (i) attains the age
of 62 and completes 10 or more Years of Vesting Service for vesting while
employed by TCB or (ii) attains the age of 65 while employed by TCB shall be
entitled to elect to have his or her Profit Sharing Component Accounts
distributed in a series of substantially equal periodic monthly, quarterly, semi-annual
or annual installments over a fixed period of time not to exceed 10 years,
without the right to change his election. No such distributions may be elected
after September 30, 2002.

 74
 

(4)         Certain Members
previously employed by Acquired Companies (as defined in Section 3.1) may elect
other distribution forms, as set forth in Appendix C in accordance with the
rules set forth therein, with respect to the Profit Sharing Component. No such
distributions may be elected after September 30, 2002.

(5)         D
& Z Members (as defined in Section 1.4(f)), Spillis Members (as defined in
Section 1.4(h)) and M &E
Members (as defined in Section 1.4(i)) may elect installments over a period of
years up to the life expectancy of the Member and his Beneficiary (without
recalculation), with respect to the Profit Sharing Component. If such a Member
dies prior to the end of the selected period, payments to such Member’s
Beneficiary will continue for the remainder of the selected period. D & Z
and Spillis Members can elect payments on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or
annual basis. No such distributions may be elected after September 30, 2002.

(b)       In the event of the death
of a Member before receiving all installments under the provisions of
subsection (a) to which he would otherwise become entitled, subject to the
limitations described in Section 12.1 of the Plan, such Member’s Beneficiary
may elect one or more payments in respect of all then unpaid amounts in such
Member’s Account pursuant to the last sentence of Section 12.3(a)(l).

(c)       The Sponsoring Company
shall cause the distributions described in this Section 12.3 to be made at the
election of the Member or Beneficiary, as the case may be; provided that such
election is made in such form and manner and at such time as the Sponsoring
Company may from time to time prescribe.

(d)       If the total nonforfeitable
balance in all of the Member’s Accounts (including the Stock Component) is not
in excess of Cash-Out Amount, then the distribution shall be paid in a single
lump sum.

(e)       This Section 12.3 shall not
apply to withdrawals under Article XI.

(f)        A Member may make separate
elections with respect to (1) his Basic Accounts and (2) the remainder of the
Profit Sharing Component Accounts. In addition, if the Member elects an
immediate lump sum with respect to both the Basic Accounts and the remainder of
the Accounts, the Plan may pay such amounts at different times taking into
account administrative practices. By way of an example, a Participant can roll
over his Basic Accounts and receive the rest of the Profit Sharing Component
Accounts in a single lump sum (or defer the remainder of the Profit Sharing
Component Accounts). If the Member receives the Profit Sharing Component
Accounts and the Member’s remaining balance in the Basic Accounts (including
any remaining balance in the Stock Component) is not in excess of the Cash-Out
Amount, then the distribution may not be deferred to a later date.

12.4     Distribution of Stock
Component.

(a)       (1)         Unless a Member elects a lump sum distribution
in kind under subsection (b), distributions of the Vested Interest in his Stock
Component Accounts shall be made in five annual cash payments. The first such
payment shall be based on one-fifth of the shares held in the Member’s vested
Account; the second such payment shall be baaed on one-fourth of the Member’s
vested remaining shares; the third such

 75
 

payment shall be based on one-third of the Member’s vested remaining
shares; the fourth such payment shall be based on one-half of the Member’s
vested remaining shares; and the fifth such payment shall be based on the
balance of the Member’s vested shares.

(2)         A Member may elect that
distributions from the Stock Component Accounts be made in nine annual cash
payments. The first such payment shall be based on one-ninth of the shares held
in the Member’s vested Account; the second such payment shall be based on
one-eighth of the Member’s vested remaining shares etc.

(3)         Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a Member whose entire Vested Interest in all of his Accounts
(including the Profit Sharing Component) have a value which is equal to or less
than the Cash-Out Amount shall not be entitled to elect installments and shall
instead receive a lump sum under subsection (b).

(4)         Subject
to Sections 12.1 and 12.2, installment distributions shall commence as soon as
administratively feasible following (i) the Member’s Termination of Employment
due to death, or (ii) the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the Member’s
Termination of Employment due to Retirement or Disability or which results in a
Break in Service.

(5)         Except
as provided in this paragraph or in Section 12.1, such payments shall cease if
the Member is rehired by the Company or an Affiliated Company. In that event,
any amounts not yet distributed shall remain in the Member’s Account until the
Member again becomes eligible for a distribution under the Plan. Any subsequent
distributions shall be made based on the Member’s election at that time;
accordingly, the earlier election and amounts previously distributed shall be
ignored. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Member previously terminated
employment on or after attainment of age 55 and is rehired on or after October
1, 2000 in a position that does not entitled him to participate in the Plan,
then the Member shall have a one time election to continue payments while he is
employed. If no such election is made, the remaining installments shall resume
when the Member again becomes eligible for a distribution (for example, if the
Member is rehired after three payments have been made, the two remaining annual
installments shall resume when he again becomes eligible for a distribution).

(6)         Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions of this subsection (b), the Member may elect a lump
sum of the remaining installments to be paid to the Member if all of the
following conditions are met: (1) the Member provides written consent to the
lump sum distribution, and (2) the Member has became employed by a governmental
entity (or instrumentality or agency) thereof and, due to conflict of interest
rules established by such entity, the individual is significantly limited in
the ability to perform essential functions of such employment as a result of
his or her indirect ownership of Shares or Preferred Stock. The determination
of whether the preceding conditions are met shall be made by the Committee in
its sole discretion. The amount of the lump sum payment shall be made as soon
as practicable after the next Valuation Date, based on the value of the Account
on such Valuation Date.

(7)         At
the time of each cash distribution, the Member’s Account shall be reduced by
the appropriate number of shares. The foregoing cash distributions shall not

 76
 

be available to the extent any provision of the applicable Federal or
state law prevents the Sponsoring Company from purchasing the Shares or
Preferred Stock in a Member’s Stock Component Accounts from the Trust Fund.

(8)         The
following rules apply to any Member entitled to an installment after the
Effective Date. In the event the Company makes a tender offer for Shares and a
Member sells some of his Shares pursuant to such tender offer, then the number
of shares that would otherwise be cashout out in the earliest future
installments under this section shall not be cashed out to the extent of any
shares sold pursuant to such tender offer (whether or not the Member elected a
distribution of the proceeds). For example, if a Participant had 375 Shares in
his Account, received a distribution based on 75 Shares in 200l, and then
tendered 90 Shares in 2002, he or she would not be entitled to an installment
distribution in 2002, would be entitled to an installment based on 60 shares in
2003,75 shares in 2004 and 75 shares in 2005. Similarly, if the Member
diversifies any Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 8.7(d), then the
earliest future installments otherwise payable under this section shall not be
made to the extent of any shares so diversified. Thus, in the prior example, if
the Member diversified his 70 Class A-l and 70 Class A-2 shares when the
restrictions lapsed, no installments would be due in 2003 or 2004 and a
distribution based on the remaining 70 shares would be made in 2005 (assuming
they had not been previously diversified.)

(9)         Any
Member who elected installments prior to the Effective Date may elect to
irrevocably cancel such election for periods on and after the Effective Date.
Such election shall be made at such time or times permitted by the Committee on
forms provided by the Committee. Such Members shall not be permitted to elect
(i) installments at any later date or (ii) a lump sum under subsection (b)
prior to the Lapse Date. However, such Members may transfer into Class B shares
in accordance with Section 8.7(d). In addition, on or after the Lapse Date,
such Members may elect a distribution under subsection (a)(l0) or subsection
(b).

(10)       With
respect to distributions commencing after the Lapse Date, Members may not elect
installment distributions under this subsection (a). In lieu thereof, Members
may elect a cash lump sum distribution as soon as practicable as soon as
administratively feasible following the later of the Lapse Date or the Member’s
Termination of Employment.

(b)       A Member may elect to
receive a distribution from the Member’s Vested Interest in his Stock Component
Accounts shall be made single lump sum in kind. The number of whole shares of
Shares (and Preferred Stock) distributable hereunder shall be the number of
such shares allocated to his Stock Component Accounts on the Valuation Date
preceding the distribution. Alternatively, a Member may elect to receive his
vested Stock Component Accounts in a single lump sum in Shares; the number of
such Shares shall be equal to (1) the number of Shares allocated to his Stock
Component Accounts plus (2) the balance in the Preferred Stock Accounts on the
immediately preceding Valuation Date (based on the value of the Preferred Stock
on such date) divided by the value of a Share on the immediate preceding
Valuation Date. Fractional shares shall be paid in cash. In addition, any cash
or other property in a Member’s Stock Component Accounts will be used to
acquire Shares for distribution. Subject to Section 12.1, prior to the Lapse
Date, distributions shall commence as soon as

 77
 

administratively feasible following the end of the Plan Year in which
occurs the Member’s Termination of Employment; after the Lapse Date,
distributions shall commence as soon as administratively feasible following the
Member’s Termination of Employment. Subject to Section 13.2(f),any Shares or Preferred Stock distributed
from the Stock Funds prior to May 1, 2002 shall be subject to any buyback or
similar arrangement which applies to such stock in accordance with the Company’s
Articles or Bylaws of the Sponsoring Company or otherwise, provided that this
rule shall apply to Common Stock only if applicable corporate charter or bylaw
provisions restrict ownership of substantially all outstanding Shares to
employees or to plans or trusts described in Section 401(a) of the Code.

(c)       Unless the Committee
provides otherwise, distributions to a Member (and purchases pursuant to
Section 12.4(d)) shall be based upon the value of the Vested Interest in his
Stock Component Accounts as of the Valuation Date or such other date as of
which the Shares or Preferred Stock are appraised (as provided by Section
8.10(b)) coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of distribution (or
purchase). However, on and after the Effective Date, the Company may elect to
purchase such shares of Class A Common Stock by assuming it has the same value
as the Class B Common Stock. In addition, on and after the Effective Date, if
the Company does not agree to purchase the Class B Common Stock, the amount of
the distribution with respect to such stock shall be based on the net cash
proceeds from the sale of the stock by the Plan on the open market.

(d)       (1)         On and after October 1, 2000, if the Member
does not consent (unless Regulations provide otherwise and the Committee adopts
different rules) to a distribution under Section 12.1(c) within 60 days after
having received notification of his right to receive a distribution of the
Vested Interest (whether such notice was given before or after October 1,
2000), the rules of Section 12.1(c) shall apply.

(2)         Prior
to October 1, 2000, if the Member did not consent (unless Regulations provide
otherwise and the Committee adopts different rules) to a distribution under
Section 12.1(c) within 60 days after having received notification of his right
to receive a distribution of his Vested Interest, the Sponsoring Company shall
acquire (or make cash contributions pursuant to Section 6.l(c) to make an
exchange for) the Shares allocated to such Member’s Prior ESOP Match Account by
making five purchases over a five year period. Each such purchase shall be in
the same amount, time and manner as provided in Section 12.4(a)(l), except that
such payments shall be made to the Plan and allocated to the Member’s Prior
ESOP Match Account. Upon receipt by the Plan, these payments shall be invested
by the Trustee in investments (other than Shares) permitted by the Trust
Agreement with respect to the Common Stock Fund. Except as provided by Section
12.1(a), the distribution of the amounts payable from the Member’s Prior ESOP
Match Account shall be delayed until after all Shares in such Prior ESOP Match
Account have been purchased and shall then be made in a single lump sum payment
after the Member dies, attains age 65, or consents in writing to such
distribution, whichever occurs first.

(3)         (i)            Except as provided in Section 12.1,
purchases described in paragraph (2) shall cease if the Member is rehired by
the Company or an Affiliate. In that event, no distribution shall start until
the Member again becomes eligible for a

 78
 

distribution hereunder; subject to paragraph (3)(ii), any such
distribution shall be made over five years as if the Member did not previously
terminate employment.

(ii)             In
all cases, the cash amounts, if any, held in the Account attributable to Shares
purchased by the Company prior to the Member’s rehire shall be eligible for distribution
in a cash lump sum as soon as practicable after the later of (x) the date the
Member again becomes eligible for a distribution, or (y) the earlier of the
date the fifth such annual purchase under subsection (a) would have been made
by the Company if the Member was not previously rehired or December 1, 2001.

(4)         This Section 12.4(d)
shall not apply to the Sub-Component.

(5)         If
by October 1, 2000, the Sponsoring Company had commenced acquiring the Shares
allocated to a Member’s Prior ESOP Match Account in installments pursuant to
subsection (d)(l) above, such installment acquisitions shall cease as of
October 1, 2000, and any cash amounts previously credited to the Member’s Prior
ESOP Match Account as a result of such an installment acquisition in accordance
with subsection (d)(l) above, shall be paid to the Member in a single lump sum
payment pursuant to Section 12. l(c). In general, the remaining Shares held in
the Account shall be paid in installments, which shall resume when the Member
again becomes eligible for a distribution and shall take into account prior
installment acquisitions (for example, if three installment acquisitions have
previously been made, the remaining Shares shall be paid in two annual
installments when he again becomes eligible for a distribution). However, if
the Member has been rehired, any such Shares shall remain in the Member’s
Account until the Member again becomes eligible for a distribution under the
Plan. Any subsequent distributions shall be made based on the Member’s election
at that time; accordingly, the earlier election and amounts previously
distributed shall be ignored.

(e)       Notwithstanding the
definition of Common Stock, any distribution made from the Participant’s Stock
Accounts during the first 18 months after the Effective Date shall be made
first from Class B Shares, if any, second from Class A-l, third from Class A-2
and finally from Class A-3 Shares held in the applicable Account of the
Participant as of the time of the distribution.

(f)        This Section 12.4 shall
not apply to withdrawals under Article XI.

12.5     Lost Member/Beneficiary.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event the Sponsoring
Company, after reasonable effort, is unable to locate a Member or Beneficiary
to whom a benefit is payable under the Plan, such amount shall not escheat to
any State and such benefit shall be forfeited and disposed of as provided in
Section 10.6; provided, however, that such benefit shall be reinstated (in an
amount equal to the amount forfeited) upon proper claim made by such Member of
Beneficiary prior to termination of the Plan. The Committee may prescribe
additional or alternative rules for the treatment of missing Members.

12.6     Limitation on Distribution
from Pre-Tax Accounts. In no event shall any distribution of benefits from
a Member’s Pre-Tax Accounts be made hereunder earlier than upon: (a) separation
from service, death, or disability; (b) termination of the Plan without

 79
 

establishment of a successor plan; (c) the attainment of age 59 1/2; or
(d) upon hardship of the Employee. Nor will a distribution be allowed to the
extent it would result in a violation of Section 40l(k) of the Code.

12.7     Direct Rollovers.

(a)       Notwithstanding any
provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s
election under this Section 12.7, a distributee may elect, at the time and in
the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible
rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by
the distributee in a direct rollover.

(b)       Definitions.

(1)         For purposes of this
Section 12.7, an eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or
any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an
eligible rollover distribution does not include: (i) any distribution that is
one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently
than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the
joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s
designated beneficiary, or for a specified period often years or more; (ii) any
distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section
401(a)(9) of the Code; (iii) the portion of any distribution that is not
includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net
unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); (iv) hardship
withdrawals; or (v) any other type of distribution which the Internal Revenue
Service announces (pursuant to regulation, notice or otherwise) is not an
eligible rollover distribution. Effective January 1, 2002, a portion of a
distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely
because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not
includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an
individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of
the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in section
401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so
transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such
distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such
distribution which is not so includible.

(2)         For
purposes of this Section 12.7, an eligible retirement plan is an individual
retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual
retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan
described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in
Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover
distribution. Effective January 1, 2002, an eligible retirement plan shall also
mean an annuity contract described in §403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan
under §457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision
of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political
subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts
transferred into such plan from this plan. However, prior to January 1, 2002,
in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse (or
another person listed in the second sentence of (3) below), an eligible
retirement plan is limited to an individual retirement account or individual
retirement annuity.

 80
 

(3)         For
purposes of this Section 12.7, a distributee includes an Employee or former
Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse and
the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the
alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in
Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the
spouse or former spouse.

(4)         For
purposes of this Section 12.7, a direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to
the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee,

12.8     Transfers to Pension Plan.
Section 5.8 of the AECOM Technology Corporation Pension Plan (“Pension Plan”)
permits a Member, upon termination of employment, to elect a direct rollover of
his or her Basic Accounts from this Plan to the Pension Plan, provided that the
amount of such transfer cannot exceed the Member’s “Offset Account balance” as
determined under the Pension Plan. Current law does not allow a Member to elect
a direct rollover of his or her Basic Employee After-Tax Contributions. If the
Member elects a direct rollover of his Basic Accounts and the amount in the
Basic Accounts is less than the Offset Account balance, then the Member may
elect a direct plan-to-plan transfer of his or her Basic Employee After-Tax
Contributions to make up the shortfall. Such transferred amounts shall be
treated in all respects as if they were made pursuant to a direct rollover.
Accordingly, such amounts shall no longer be entitled to any investment
earnings and none of the investment options set forth in this Plan shall be
available with respect to payment of such transferred amounts.

 81

ARTICLE XIII

RIGHTS AND OPTIONS
CONCERNING DISTRIBUTED SHARES

13.1                       Right of
First Refusal.

(a)                              During
any period when Shares are not publicly traded and any restriction on the
transfer of Shares permitted under Code Section 409(h)(2) is not then in
effect, all distributions of such Shares from the Common Stock Fund to any
Member or his Beneficiary (the “Distributee”) by the Trust shall be subject to
a “right of first refusal” upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
The “right of first refusal” shall provide that prior to any transfer (as
determined by the Committee) of such shares, the Distributee must first offer
to sell such shares to the Trust, and if the Trust refuses to exercise its
right to purchase the shares, then the Company shall have a “right of first
refusal” to purchase such shares. A transfer by will or intestate succession
shall not be considered a “transfer” for purposes of this Section 13.1. Neither
the Trust nor the Company shall be required to exercise the “right of first
refusal.”

(b)                             The
terms and conditions of the “right of first refusal” shall be determined as
follows:

(1)  If the
Distributee receives a bona fide offer for the purchase of all or any part of
his shares from a third party, the Distributee shall forthwith deliver (by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested) a copy of any such
offer to the Committee. The Trustee (as directed by the Committee) or the
Company, as the case may be, shall then have 14 days after receipt by the
Committee of the written offer to exercise the right to purchase all or any
portion of the shares by notifying the Distributee of the acceptance of the
offer. Subject to Section 13.1(b)(2), the purchase price to be paid by the
Trust or the Company for the shares shall be the purchase price stated in the
bona fide offer received by the Distributee; and

(2)  The selling
price and other terms under the “right of first refusal” must not be less
favorable to the Distributee than the greater of the value of the security
determined pursuant to the Regulations or the purchase price and other terms
offered by a buyer other than the Company or the Trust, making a good faith
offer to purchase the security. In the case of any such sale between the Trust
and a “disqualified person”, as defined in Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, the
value of the Shares will be determined as of the date of the transaction.

(3)  Any
transfer of shares by gift shall be considered a “transfer” for purposes of
Subparagraph (a) and shall be subject to a right of first refusal, which shall
meet the requirements of Subsection (b), except that the selling price shall be
the fair market value of such shares determined as of Valuation Date coinciding
with or next preceding the date of the transfer.

(4)  During any
period the Preferred Stock is not publicly traded (and irrespective of the
application of Code section 409(h)(2), subsections (a)–(c) shall also apply to
shares of Preferred Stock.

13.2                       Put
Option. If at the time of distribution, Shares distributed from the Stock
Component are not treated as readily tradable on an established market within
the meaning

 82
 

of Section 409(h) of the Code and the Regulations, such Shares shall be
subject to a put option in the hands of a Qualified Holder by which such
Qualified Holder may sell all or any part of the Shares distributed to him by
the Trust to the Trust. Should the Trust decline to purchase all or any part of
the shares put to it by the Qualified Holder, the Company shall purchase those
shares that the Trust declines to purchase. The put option shall be subject to
the following conditions:

(a)                              The
term “Qualified Holder” shall mean the Member or Beneficiary receiving the
distribution of such shares, any other party to whom the shares are transferred
by gift or by reason of death, and also any trustee of an individual retirement
account (as defined under Code Section 408) to which all or any portion of the
distributed shares is transferred pursuant to a tax-free “rollover” transaction
satisfying the requirements of Sections 402 and 408 of the Code.

(b)                             During
the 60-day period following any distribution of such shares, a Qualified Holder
shall have the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of the
distributed shares held by the Qualified Holder. The purchase price to be paid
for any such shares shall be their fair market value determined by the Trustee
(1) as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or next preceding the exercise of
the put option under this Section 13.2(b) or, (2) in the case of a transaction
between the Plan and a “disqualified person” within the meaning of Section
4975(e)(2) of the Code or a “party in interest” within the meaning of Section
3(14) of the Act, as of the date of the transaction. In the event the Trustee’s
determination of fair market value of the Shares is not based on enterprise
value, the Company will appoint an independent appraiser (which may be the same
appraiser appointed by the Trustee) to value such shares at enterprise value;
in which case the higher of the value of Shares determined in the preceding
sentence or the value of Shares determined under this sentence shall be the
purchase price for such Shares.

(c)                              If a
Qualified Holder shall fail to exercise his put option right under Section
13.2(b), the option right shall temporarily lapse upon the expiration of the
60-day period. Following the last day of the Plan Year in which the 60-day
option period expires, the Company shall notify the non-electing Qualified
Holder (if he is then a shareholder of record) of the valuation of the Shares
as of that date. During the 60-day period following receipt of such valuation
notice, the Qualified Holder shall again have the right to require the Company
to purchase all or any portion of the distributed shares. The purchase price to
be paid therefore shall be their fair market value determined (1) as of the
Valuation Date coinciding with or next preceding the exercise of the put option
under this Section 13.2(c) or, (2) in the case of a transaction between the
Plan and a “disqualified person” within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of
the Code or a “party in interest” within the meaning of Section 3(14) of the
Act, as of the date of the transaction.

(d)                             The
foregoing put options under Section 13.2(b) and (c) hereof shall be effective
solely against the Company and shall not obligate the Plan or Trust in any
manner.

(e)                              The
period during which the put option is exercisable does not include any time
when a Qualified Holder is unable to exercise it because the Company is
prohibited from honoring it by applicable Federal or State laws.

 83
 

(f)                                If
the Company repurchases Shares from a Member pursuant to this Section 13.2 or
pursuant to the Company’s Bylaws, then any repurchase must comply with Code
Section 409(h)(5). In accordance with the Company’s Bylaws, the Company may, in
its sole discretion, repurchase such Shares for cash within 30 days. In lieu
thereof, the Company may purchase such Shares by paying the Member (1) cash
equal to approximately one-sixth (l/6th) of the purchase price, to be paid not
later than thirty (30) days after exercise of the put option and (2) a note for
the remainder payable in five annual installments, each such payment to be no
later than the anniversary date of the date which is thirty (30) days after the
exercise of the put option. Any such note shall meet the conditions of the
Company’s Bylaws, provided that such note shall bear reasonable interest on the
unpaid amounts and secured as set forth in subsection (g) below.

(g)                             Any
such note described in subsection (f) is hereby secured by a pledge (which need
not be perfected) to the Trustee (on behalf of the noteholders) of a bank
account selected by the Company. The Company agrees to maintain an amount in
the bank account at all times exceeding the aggregate outstanding amount of the
note, including unpaid accrued interest. The Company also agrees to provide
periodic statements (at least quarterly) to the Trustee. In the event the
Company defaults on any of the said notes, the Company agrees that the Trustee
may take such amounts from the bank account to pay the amount of the default.
The terms of subsection (f) are self-effectuating; no other document shall be
necessary to effectuate said pledge.

(h)                             Except
as otherwise required or permitted by the Code, the put options under this
Section 13.2 shall satisfy the requirements of Section 54.4975-7(b) of the
Treasury Regulations, to the extent, if any, that such requirements apply to
such put options.

13.3                       Exercise
of Put Option. A Qualified Holder must exercise his put option in writing,
on a form supplied by the Committee. If a Qualified Holder exercises his put
option under Section 13.2, payment for the shares repurchased shall be made in
a single cash payment not later than 30 days after such exercise.

13.4                       Other
Rights. Except as provided in Sections 12.4(b), 13.1, 13.2 or 13.3 or in
the terms of the Shares, no Shares acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan
may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell or similar
arrangement while held by or distributed from the Plan. Rights and protections
set forth in Article XIII shall be non-terminable to the extent, if any,
provided in Section 16.1(d).

 84
 

ARTICLE XIV 

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

14.1                       Powers
and Duties of the Committee. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Committee
shall manage, operate and administer the Plan. The Sponsoring Company shall be
the “administrator” (as defined in Section 3(16) of ERISA) of the Plan, and
shall be responsible for the performance of all reporting and disclosure
obligations under ERISA and all other obligations required or permitted to be
performed by the administrator under ERISA, but delegates all such duties and
responsibilities to the Committee. The Committee shall have all powers
necessary to administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, including the
power to construe the Plan and determine all questions that may arise
thereunder except as otherwise provided in the Plan and/or trust agreement.

The Committee may delegate (and may give to its
delegates the authority to redelegate) to any person or persons any
responsibility, power, or duty whether ministerial or fiduciary; provided,
however, no responsibility in the Plan or trust agreement to manage or control
the assets of the Plan (other than a power to appoint an Investment Manager)
may be delegated to anyone other than a trustee or investment manager. The
Committee, the Trustee or any delegate, redelegate or designee of either of
them may employ one or more persons to render advice or perform ministerial
duties with regard to any responsibility such fiduciary has under the Plan.

14.2                       Powers
and Duties of Trustee.

(a)                              Except
as otherwise provided in (b) below or in Sections 17.15 and 17.16, the Trustee
shall have exclusive responsibility under the Plan for the management and control
of the assets of the Plan and shall have discretionary responsibility for the
investment and management of such assets; provided, however, that the Trustee
shall invest all Common Stock Fund assets in Shares and all Preferred Stock
Fund assets in Preferred Stock, except in each case as is otherwise required
under an Exempt Loan agreement or the terms of the Plan and Trust. With respect
to such assets, the Trustee shall be the named fiduciary of the Trust, except
that each Member shall be a named fiduciary with respect to the exercise of
voting and tender or exchange offer rights for Shares and Preferred Stock held
as part of the Trust Fund to the extent such Member is entitled to exercise
such rights pursuant to the Trust Agreement and Sections 17.15 and 17.16.

(b)                             With
respect to any of the Funds or any portion of the Trust Fund, the Board of
Directors shall have the power to appoint or remove one or more Investment
Managers and to delegate to such adviser authority and discretion to manage
(including the power to acquire and dispose of) the assets of the Plan,
provided that the Committee shall have responsibility for reviewing the
investment performance and methods of each adviser with such authority and
discretion. With respect to such assets, the Investment Manager shall be the
fiduciary with respect to the investment, management and control of such
assets.

(c)                              Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no fiduciary or other party shall be liable for any loss or
liability which results from a Member’s or Beneficiary’s exercise of control
over his Accounts, including allocations or decisions under Sections 8.1-8.7
and 17.15-17.16.

 85
 

14.3                       Agents;
Report of Committees to Board. The Board of Directors and Committee may
arrange for the engagement of such legal counsel, who may be counsel for the
Company, and make use of such agents and clerical or other personnel as it
shall require or may deem advisable for purposes of discharging their
obligations under law and the Plan. The Board of Directors and Committee may
rely upon the written opinion of such counsel and the accountants engaged by
the Board of Directors or the Committee and may delegate to any such agent or
to any subcommittee or member of the Board of Directors or the Committee the
authority to perform any act required or permitted to be taken or performed by
the Board of Directors or the Committee hereunder, including, without
limitation, those matters involving the exercise of discretion, provided that
any such delegation shall be subject to revocation at any time at the
discretion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be. The
Committee shall report to the Board of Directors, or to a committee of the
Board of Directors designated for that purpose, as frequently as shall be
specified by the Board of Directors or such committee, with regard to the
matters for which it is responsible under the Plan.

14.4                       Structure
of Committee. The Committee shall consist of three or more members, each of
whom shall be appointed by, shall remain in office at the will of, and may be
removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any member of the
Committee may resign at any time. No member of the Committee shall be entitled
to act on or decide any matter relating solely to himself or any of his rights
or benefits under the Plan. In the event that the Committee is unable to act in
any matter by reason of the foregoing restriction, the Board of Directors shall
act on such matter. The members of the Committee shall not receive any special
compensation for serving in their capacities as members of the Committee but
shall be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses incurred in connection
therewith. Except as otherwise required by the Act, no bond or other security
need be required of the Committee or any member thereof in any jurisdiction.
Any member of the Board of Directors or the Committee, any subcommittee or
agent to whom the Board of Directors or the Committee delegates any authority,
and any other person or group of persons, may serve in more than one fiduciary
capacity with respect to the Plan.

14.5                       Adoption
of Procedures of Committee. The Committee shall establish its own
procedures and the time and place for its meetings, and provide for the keeping
of minutes of all meetings. A majority of the members of the Committee shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of the
Committee. Any action of the Committee may be taken upon the affirmative vote
of a majority of the members of the Committee at a meeting or without a meeting,
by mail, telegraph or telephone, provided that all of the members of the
Committee are informed by mail, teletransmission or telegraph of their right to
vote on the proposal and of the outcome of the vote thereon.

14.6                       Claims
for Benefits.

(a)                              To
be eligible for any benefit under this Plan, a Member or Beneficiary must
submit a claim hereunder. Any claim for benefits under the Plan shall be made
in writing to the Sponsoring Company (or its delegate). The Company (or its
delegate) has full discretion to deny or grant a claim in whole or in part.
Such decisions shall be made in accordance with the Plan document and, where
appropriate, Plan provisions will be applied consistently with respect to
similarly situated Claimants in similar circumstances. The Company (or its
delegate) shall have the discretion to determine which Claimants are similarly
situated in similar circumstances.

 86
 

If such claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied, the
Sponsoring Company (or its delegate) shall, within 90 days after receipt of the
claim, notify the Member or Beneficiary of the denial of the claim. Such notice
of denial (i) shall be in writing or electronic notification, (ii) shall be
written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Member or Beneficiary,
and (iii) shall contain (A) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the
claim, (B) a specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the
denial is based, (C) a description of any additional material or information
necessary to perfect the claim, along with an explanation of why such material
or information is necessary, and (D) an explanation of the Plan’s claim review
procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 14.6, as well as a statement of the
claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(c) of ERISA
following an adverse benefit determination. If special circumstances require an
extension of time for processing the claim, the Sponsoring Company may extend
the 90-day period to respond; in no event may the extension period exceed 90
days from the end of the initial period. If an extension is necessary, the
Claimant will be given a written notice to this effect prior to the expiration
of the initial 90-day period.

(b)                             Special
Rules for Disability Retirement Benefit Claims. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the case of a Disability Retirement Benefit, notice described in
subsection (a) shall be given within 45 days. If an internal rule, guideline,
protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon, a statement that such rule
etc. was relied upon and either a copy of such rule or a statement that such a
rule was relied upon and a copy will be provided free of charge. The Sponsoring
Company (or its delegate) may extend this initial period for responding to the
claim by two additional thirty (30) days, provided that the Member is notified
in writing prior to the end of the initial forty-five (45) day period (or the
first 30 day extension, if applicable) of the need for the extension and the
date by which a determination will be made. If an extension is required, the
notice shall explain the unresolved issues, the standard on which entitlement
is based, and any additional information needed to resolve the matter; the
Member will have at least 45 days to provide the specified information.

(c)                              Request
for Review of Claim Denial. Within 60 days after the receipt by the Member
or Beneficiary of a written notice of denial of the claim, the Member or
Beneficiary may file a written request with the Committee that it conduct a
full and fair review of the denial of the claim for benefits. Such written
request shall be filed in such form and manner and at such time as the
Committee may from time to time prescribe. The claimant may submit comments in
writing, as well as documents, records and other information relating to the
claim. Upon request and free of charge, claimants will have reasonable access
to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to a
claimant’s claim for benefits. In the case of a Disability Retirement Benefit,
the Member shall have 180 days to file a claim for review, and may request the
identification of any medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained
in connection with the claim.

(d)                             Decision
on Review of Claim Denial. The Committee or its delegate will perform a
review of adverse benefit determinations on review, taking into account all
comments, documents, records and other information submitted regardless of
whether the information was previously considered on initial review. Section
14.9 shall apply in making these decisions. Moreover, such decisions shall be
made in accordance with the Plan document and, where appropriate, Plan
provisions will be applied consistently with respect to similarly situated

 87
 

claimants in similar circumstances. The Committee shall have the
discretion to determine which claimants are similarly situated in similar
circumstances. In the case of a Disability Retirement Benefit, the Committee
will not give any deference to the decision regarding the initial claim, and if
the matter is based in whole or in part on medical judgment, will consult with
a health care professional with appropriate training and experience in the
field of medicine involved in the medical judgment; such professional may not
be the same professional consulted in connection with the initial claims
denial, or the subordinate of such person.

(e)                              Notification.
The Committee shall deliver to the Member or Beneficiary its decision on the
claim in writing or by electronic notification within 60 days (45 days in the
case of a Disability Retirement Benefit) after the receipt of the aforesaid
request for review, except that if there are special circumstances (such as a
conference with the Member, Beneficiary or his representative) which require an
extension of time, the aforesaid 60-day period shall be extended to 120 days
(90 days in the case of a Disability Retirement Benefit). If an extension is
necessary, the claimant will be given a written notice to this effect prior to
the expiration of the initial period. The Committee’s decision shall (i) be
written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Member or Beneficiary,
(ii) include the specific reason or reasons for the decision, (iii) contain a
specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision is
based and (iv) in the case of a Disability Retirement Benefit, if an internal
rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon, a
statement that such rule etc. was relied upon and either a copy of such rule or
a statement that such a rule was relied upon and a copy will be provided free
of charge. Each notice shall also contain a statement of the claimant’s right
to bring a civil action under Section 502(c) of ERISA following an adverse
benefit determination and a statement that, upon request and free of charge,
claimants will have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records
and other information relevant to a claimant’s claim for benefits.

14.7                       Hold
Harmless. To the maximum extent permitted by law, no member of the Board of
Directors or the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract
or other instrument executed by him or on his behalf in his capacity as a
member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and
the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, directly from its own assets
(including the proceeds of any insurance policy the premiums of which are paid
from the Company’s own assets), each member of the Committee and each other
officer, employee, or director of the Company exercising or having any duty or
power relating to the Plan or to the assets of the Plan against any cost or
expense (including counsel fees) or loss or liability (including any sum paid
in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Board of Directors) arising
out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless (1)
arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith or (2) such amount is paid
by the Trust under Section 17.14. The indemnity under this Section 14.7 shall
be in addition to any other rights provided under law, the By-laws of the
Company, or otherwise.

14.8                       Service
of Process. The General Counsel of AECOM Technology Corporation or such
other person as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors
shall be the agent for service of process under the Plan.

14.9                       Manner
of Administering. The Committee shall have full discretion to make factual
determinations and to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this
Plan, which determination, interpretation or construction shall be final and
binding on all parties,

 88
 

including but not limited to the Company and any Member or Beneficiary,
except as otherwise provided by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence,
for any interpretation or construction of the Committee which applies to any
matter other than the calculation of benefits payable to a Member or
Beneficiary, the Board of Directors may override the Committee. The Committee
shall administer such terms and provisions in full accordance with any and all
laws applicable to the Plan.

 89
 

ARTICLE XV

WITHDRAWAL OF PARTICIPATING COMPANY

15.1                       Withdrawal
of Participating Company. Any Participating Company (other than the Company
which has executed this Plan) may withdraw from participation in the Plan by
giving the Committee, the Board of Directors and the Trustee prior written
notice in a resolution by its board of directors specifying a withdrawal date
which shall be the last day of a month at least 30 days subsequent to the date
such notice is received by the Committee, the Board of Directors or the
Trustee, whichever receives such notice the latest. The Board of Directors may
require any Participating Company to withdraw from the Plan, as of any
withdrawal date specified by the Board of Directors. Inthe event of any such withdrawal, the
Company may promptly notify the IRS and request such determination as counsel
to the Plan may recommend and as the Company may deem desirable.

15.2                       Distribution
After Withdrawal. Upon withdrawal from the Plan by any Participating
Company, such Participating Company shall not make any further contributions or
allocations (except allocations of earnings) under the Plan in respect of
periods of time following withdrawal and no amount shall thereafter bepayable under the Plan to or in respect
of any Members then employed by such Participating Company except as provided
in Articles X-XII.

15.3                       Transfer
to Successor Plan. No transfer of the Plan’s assets and liabilities to a
successor employee benefit plan (whether by merger or consolidation with such
successor plan or otherwise) shall be made unless (a) the Board of Directors
authorizes such transfer and (b) each Member would, if either the Plan or such
successor plan then terminated, receive a benefit immediately after such
transfer which (after taking account of any distributions or payments to them
as part of the same transaction) is equal to or greater than the benefit he
would have been entitled to receive immediately before such transfer if the
Plan had then been terminated. The Board of Directors may also request
appropriate indemnification from the employer or employers maintaining such
successor plan before making such a transfer.

 90
 

ARTICLE XVI

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
OF THE PLAN AND TRUST

16.1                       Right to
Amend or Terminate Plan.

(a)                              Subject
to the provisions of paragraph (c) and any applicable contribution or loan
agreement, the Board of Directors reserves the right at any time to amend,
suspend or terminate the Plan, any contributions thereunder, the Trust in whole
or in part and for any reason and without the consent of any Participating
Company, Member, Beneficiary or other eligible survivor. Each Participating
Company by its adoption of the Plan shall be deemed to have delegated this
authority to the Board of Directors.

(b)                             The
Board of Directors may adopt any amendment which may be necessary or
appropriate to facilitate the administration, management and interpretation of
the Plan or to conform the Plan thereto, or to qualify or maintain the Plan and
the Trust as a plan and trust meeting the requirements of Sections 401(a),
401(k), 501(a) and 4975(e)(7) (with regard to the Stock Component) of the Code,
Section 407(d)(6) of the Act or any other applicable section of law and the
Regulations issued thereunder. Each Participating Company by its adoption of
the Plan shall be deemed to have delegated this authority to the Board of
Directors.

(c)                              No
amendment or modification shall be made which would retroactively (i) reduce
any accrued benefits in contravention of Section 411(d)(6) of the Code or (ii)
except as permitted by Code Section 401(a)(2), make it possible for any part of
the funds of the Plan (other than such part as is required to pay taxes, if any,
and administrative expenses as provided in Section 17.14) to be used for, or
diverted to, any purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Members and
their Beneficiaries and other eligible survivors under the Plan prior to the
satisfaction of all liabilities with respect thereto. If the vesting schedule
under the Plan is amended, a Member whose nonforfeitable percentage is
determined under the new vesting schedule shall have the option of remaining
under the prior vesting schedule if he has completed three Years of Vesting
Service.

(d)                             To
the extent, if any, required under Section 54.4975-11(a)(3)(ii) of the Treasury
Regulations, the rights and protections provided under Sections 13.2 and 13.4
shall be non-terminable. To the extent permitted by law, any stock distributed
from the Stock Funds upon or after a termination of the Plan shall be subject
to any put, call or other option or buy-sell or similar arrangement which
applies to such stock in accordance with the articles or by-laws of the
Sponsoring Company or otherwise.

16.2                       Retroactivity.
Subject to the provisions of Section 16.1 (except Section 16.1(c)(i)), any
amendment, modification, suspension or termination of any provisions of the
Plan may be made retroactively if necessary or appropriate to qualify or
maintain the Plan and the Trust as a plan and trust meeting the requirements of
Sections 401(a) or (k) and 501(a) of the Code, Section 407(d)(6) of the Act or
any other applicable section of law and the Regulations issued thereunder.

16.3                       Notice.
Notice of any amendment, modification, suspension or termination of the Plan
shall be given by the Board of Directors to the Committee and the Trustee.

 91
 

16.4                       No
Further Contributions. Upon termination of the Plan or a complete
discontinuance of contributions, no Participating Company shall make any
further contributions under the Plan and no amount shall thereafter be payable
under the Plan in respect of periods of time after such termination to or in
respect of any Member except as provided in this Article XVI. To the maximum
extent permitted by the Code and the Act, transfers, distributions or other
dispositions of the assets of the Plan as provided in this Article shall
constitute a complete discharge of all liabilities under the Plan. All of the
provisions of the Plan which in the opinion of the Board of Directors are
necessary for the execution of the Plan and the administration, distribution,
transfer or other disposition of the assets of the Plan in accordance with this
Article XVI shall remain in force.

After (i) appropriate adjustment of the Accounts of
Members who are employed as of the date of such termination in the manner
described in Section 10.6 for any Forfeitures arising under the Plan prior to
such date and (ii) adjustment for profits and losses of the Trust Fund to such
termination date in the manner described in Article VIII, the interest of each
Member who is employed as of the date of such termination in the amount, if
any, credited to his Account shall be nonforfeitable as of such date; provided
that the Board of Directors may by appropriate resolution provide that amounts
credited to the Accounts of other Members shall be nonforfeitable as of such
date.

Upon or after the termination of the Plan, the Board
of Directors may terminate the Trust and, subject to Code Section 401(k), upon
such termination the Trustee may pay to each Member the full amount credited to
his individual Account in accordance with the terms of the Plan as then in
effect.

16.5                       Partial
Termination. In the event that a “partial termination” (within the meaning
of Section 411(d)(3) of the Code) of the Plan has occurred then (i) the
interest of each affected Member in his Account as to whom such termination
occurred shall thereupon be nonforfeitable, but shall otherwise be payable as
though such termination had not occurred and (ii) the provisions of Sections
16.2 and 16.3 and Section 17.2 which are necessary for the execution of the
Plan and the allocation and distribution of the assets of the Plan shall apply;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors, in its discretion, subject to
any necessary governmental approval, may direct that the amounts held in the
Accounts of such Members as to whom such partial termination occurred be
segregated by the Trustee as a separate plan and applied for the benefit of
such Members in the manner described in Section 16.4 above.

 92
 

ARTICLE XVII

GENERAL LIMITATIONS AND PROVISIONS

17.1                       All Risk
on Members and Beneficiaries. Members and Beneficiaries shall assume all
risk in connection with any decrease in the value of the assets of the Trust
and the Members’ Accounts. The Participating Companies, the Board of Directors,
the Trustee and the Committee shall not be liable or responsible for any
decrease in the value of the assets of the Trust and the Members’ Accounts.

17.2                       Trust
Fund is Sole Source of Benefits. The Trust Fund shall be the sole source of
benefits under the Plan and, except as otherwise required by the Act, any
Company, the Board of Directors and the Committee assume no liability or
responsibility for payment of such benefits, and each Member, Beneficiary or
other person who shall claim the right to any payment under the Plan shall be
entitled to look only to the Trust Fund for such payment and shall not have any
right, claim or demand therefore against the Company, the Board of Directors,
the Committee or any member thereof, or any employee or director of the
Company. Except as and if required by applicable law, neither the Board of
Directors, any Company, the Committee, any member of the Committee nor the
Trustee shall be responsible for the adequacy of the Trust Fund to meet and
discharge Plan liabilities.

17.3                       No Right
to Continued Employment. Nothing contained in the Plan shall bedeemed (i) to give to any employee the
right to be retained in the employ of a Participating Company; (ii) to affect
the right of a Participating Company to terminate or discharge any employee at
any time; (iii) to give a Participating Company the right to require any
employee to remain in its employ; or (iv) to affect any employee’s right to
terminate his employment at any time. The adoption and maintenance of the Plan
shall not constitute a contract between the Company and any employee or
consideration for, or an inducement to or condition of, the employment of any
employee.

17.4                       Payment
on Behalf of Payee. If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any
amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his affairs because of
illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due him or
his estate (unless a prior claim hereunder has been made by a duly appointed
legal representative) may, if the Committee so elects, be paid to his spouse, a
child, a relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person,
or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf
of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a
complete discharge of the liability of the Plan and the Trust therefore.

17.5                       Non-Alienation.
Except insofar as applicable law may otherwise require, no economic interest,
expectancy, benefit, payment, claim or right of any Member or beneficiary under
the Plan and the Trust shall be subject in any manner to any claims of any
creditor of any Member or beneficiary, nor to alienation by anticipation, sale,
transfer, assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge or encumbrance of
any kind. If any person shall attempt to take any action contrary to this
Section 17.5, such action shall be null and void and of no effect, and the
Trustee shall disregard such action and shall not in any manner be bound
thereby and shall suffer no liability on account of its disregard thereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions hereof, expressly permitted are; (i)
any arrangement to which the Company consents for the direct deposit of benefit
payments to any account in a bank, savings and loan association or credit

 93
 

union, provided such arrangement is not part of any arrangement
constituting an assignment or alienation; (ii) the recovery by the Plan of
overpayment of benefits previously made to a Member or Beneficiary; (iii) the
creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable pursuant
to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order; or (iv) a loan described in Section 11.5.
In addition, the Plan may pay from (and reduce) against the Account(s) of a
Member any amount that the Member is ordered or required to pay under a
judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement described in ERISA Section
206(d)(4).

In the event a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
exists with respect to a benefit payable under the Plan, the benefits otherwise
payable to a Member or Beneficiary shall be payable to the alternate payee
specified in the Qualified Domestic Relations Order. Payments to an alternate
payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order may be made prior to the
time the Plan may make payments to the Member.

For purposes of the Plan, a “Qualified Domestic
Relations Order” means any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a
property settlement agreement) which has been determined by the Committee, in
accordance with procedures established under the Plan, to constitute a
qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p)(1) of
the Code.

17.6                       Required
Information. Each Member shall file with the Committee such pertinent
information concerning himself, his spouse and his Beneficiary, or other person
as the Committee may specify, and no Member, or Beneficiary, or other person
shall have any rights or be entitled to any benefits under the Plan unless such
information is filed by or with respect to him.

17.7                       Subject
to Trust Agreement. Any and all rights or benefits accruing to any persons
under the Plan shall be subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement which the
Company shall enter into with the Trustee providing for the administration of
the Trust Fund.

17.8                       Communications
to Committee. All elections, designations, requests, notices, instructions,
and other communications from a Participating Company, a Member, Beneficiary or
other person to the Committee required or permitted under the Plan shall be in
such form as is prescribed from time to time by the Committee, shall be mailed
by first class mail or delivered to such location as shall be specified by the
Committee, and shall be deemed to have been given and delivered only upon
actual receipt thereof by the Committee at such location.

17.9                       Communications
from Participating Company or Committee. All notices, statements, reports
and other communications from a Participating Company or the Committee to any
employee, Member, Beneficiary or other person required or permitted under the
Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered to, or when mailed
by first class mail, postage prepaid and addressed to, such employee, Member,
Beneficiary or other person at his address last appearing on the records of the
Company, or when posted by the Participating Company or the Committee as
permitted by law.

17.10                 Gender.
Whenever used in the Plan the masculine gender includes the feminine.

 94
 

17.11                 Captions.
The captions preceding the sections of the Plan have been inserted solely as a
matter of convenience and in no way define or limit the scope or intent of any
provisions of the Plan.

17.12                 Applicable Law.
The Plan and all rights thereunder shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the Act, and, to the extent state law is found to be
applicable, the laws of the State of California; provided, however, that if any
provision is susceptible to more than one interpretation, such interpretation
shall be given thereto as is consistent with this Plan’s remaining qualified
within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code.

17.13                 Exclusive
Benefit of Member and Beneficiaries. In no event shall any part of the funds
of the Plan be used for, or diverted to, any purposes other than for the
exclusive benefit of Members and their Beneficiaries under the Plan except as
permitted below, Section 403(c) of ERISA or other applicable law.

(a)                              Notwithstanding
any other provisions herein contained, if any contribution is made due to a
mistake in fact, such contribution shall upon the direction of the Board of
Directors, which shall be given in conformity with the provisions of the Code
and the Act, be returned to the Company or the parties who made it, as directed
by the Company, without liability to any person.

(b)                             Notwithstanding
any other provisions herein contained, all contributions are hereby expressly
conditioned upon their deductibility under Section 404 of the Code and
Regulations, as amended from time to time, and if the deduction for any
contribution is disallowed in whole or in part, then such contribution (to the
extent the deduction is disallowed) may in the discretion of the Board of
Directors, and in conformity with the provisions of the Act, be returned,
without liability to any person.

17.14                 Fees and
Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan including (i) the expenses
of any employee, the fees of the Trustee and the expenses of the Trustee
incurred on or after the Effective Date for the performance of their duties
under the Trust, (ii) the expenses incurred by the members of the Board of
Directors and the Committee in the performance of their duties under the Plan
(including reasonable compensation for any legal counsel, certified public
accountants and any agents and cost of services rendered in respect of the
Plan), and (iii) all other proper charges and disbursements of the Trustee or
the members of the Board of Directors and the Committee (including settlements
of claims or legal actions brought against any party, including the Trustee,
approved by the Board of Directors and the Committee, after consulting with
counsel to the Plan), shall be paid, to the extent permitted by law, from the
Trust Fund; provided, however, that under no circumstances shall any such fees
and expenses be paid from assets in any Suspense Subfund. To any extent not
paid from the Trust Fund, such fees and expenses shall be paid by the
Participating Companies, unless paid in full by the Company. In estimating
costs under the Plan, administrative costs may be anticipated. The members of
the Committee shall not receive any special compensation for serving in their
capacities as members of the Committee. Notwithstanding any other provision of
the Plan or Trust, no person who is a “disqualified person” within the meaning
of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a “party in interest” within the meaning
of Section 3(14) of ERISA and who receives full-time pay from any Participating
Company or Affiliated Company shall

 95
 

receive compensation from the Trust Fund, except for reimbursement of
expenses properly and actually incurred.

17.15                 Voting Rights
of Shares or Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise required by the Act, the
Code or Regulations, all voting rights of Shares and Preferred Stock held by
the Trust Fund in the Stock Funds shall be exercised by the Trustee in
accordance with the provisions of the applicable Trust Agreements, which
provisions are hereby incorporated by reference.

17.16                 Tender or
Exchange of Shares or Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise required by the
Act, the Code or Regulations, all tender or exchange decisions with respect to
Shares and Preferred Stock held by the Trust in the Stock Funds shall be
exercised by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the applicable
Trust Agreements, which provisions are hereby incorporated by reference.

17.17                 Merger or
Consolidation of Plan. The Plan may not be merged or consolidated with, nor
may its assets or liabilities be transferred to, any other plan, unless each
Member would (if the Plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after
the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the
benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).

In the event that any other tax-qualified plan is
merged into this Plan (or assets and liabilities of another plan are
transferred to this Plan), the Committee may impose limitations on withdrawals,
distributions, loans, investment transfers, changes in the amount of
contributions (pre-tax or after-tax) and any other type of transaction for such
periods as the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, is necessary or
desirable to implement the merger (or transfers).

17.18                 Top-Heavy
Provisions. For any Plan Year for which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan as
defined in Section A.3 of Appendix A, attached hereto, and despite any other
provisions of this Plan to the contrary, this Plan will be subject to the
provisions of Appendix A.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
Sponsoring Company has caused this Plan to be executed this 25 day of September2002.

	
  

  	
   

  	
  AECOM TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  By

  	
   /s/ Eric Chen

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
						

 

 96

  APPENDIX A
  SPECIAL RULES IN THE
EVENT THE PLAN BECOMES TOP HEAVY
  Section 17.18 of the Plan shall be construed in
accordance with this Appendix A. Definitions in this Appendix A shall govern
for purposes of this Appendix A. Any other words and phrases used in Appendix
A, however, shall have the same meanings that are assigned to them under the
Plan, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
  A.1                                 Top-Heavy
Restrictions. The following restrictions shall apply if the Plan becomes
Top-Heavy.
  A.2                                 Definitions.
  (a)                              Key
Employee means an Employee who during the current Plan Year or any of the
four preceding Plan Years is:
  (i)                             an
Officer of the Participating Company as defined below;
  (ii)                          one of
the ten Employees having Statutory Compensation exceeding 100% of the dollar
limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code and owning the most
Participating Company stock;
  (iii)                       an owner of
more than 5% of Participating Company stock; or
  (iv)                      an owner of
more than 1% of Participating Company stock whose Statutory Compensation from
the Participating Company is in excess of $150,000.
  (b)                             Member
means, for purposes of this Appendix A only, all current and former Employees
and their Beneficiaries.
  (c)                              Employee
means, for purposes of this Appendix A only, any individual included on the
payroll of the Employer as a common-law employee.
  (d)                             Officer
means an Employee who is an administrative executive in the regular and
continued service of the Participating Company, if such Employee’s Statutory
Compensation exceeds 50% of the dollar limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of
the Code. Not more than 50 Employees shall be considered Officers. If, however,
the Participating Company does not have at least 500 Employees, the number of
Employees treated as Officers shall be no more than the greater of (i) three,
or (ii) 10% of the Employees.
  (e)                              Stock
Ownership. In determining stock ownership for the purposes of Section
A.2(a) above, the constructive ownership rules of Section 318 of the Code shall
be applied, except that the applicable percentage used in determining
constructive ownership under Section 318(a)(2)(C) of the Code shall be 5%. The
aggregation rules of Section 414 of the Code shall, however, not be considered
in determining stock ownership.
  A.3                                 Top-Heavy
Plan. The Plan will be considered Top-Heavy for any Plan Year if on the
Determination Date applicable to such Plan Year (a) the Account balances of the
Employees

 A-1
 

    who are Key Employees exceed 60% of the Account balances of all
Employees (the “60% Test”), (b)
the Plan is part of a required aggregation group (within the meaning of Section
416(g) of the Code) and the required aggregation group satisfies the 60% Test,
or (c) the Plan is part of a required aggregation group and a permissive
aggregation group (as provided in Section A.6 herein) and the permissive
aggregation group satisfies the 60% Test. The Determination Date shall be the
last day of the preceding Plan Year. However, and notwithstanding the results
of the 60% Test, the Plan shall not be considered Top-Heavy for any Plan Year
in which the Plan is a part of a required or permissive aggregation group which
does not satisfy the 60% Test.
  A.4                                 Value
of Account Balance. The Account balance for any Member as of the
Determination Date is the sum of (a) such Member’s Account balance as of the
most recent Valuation Date occurring within the 12-month period ending on the
Determination Date, and (b) an adjustment for any contributions actually made
after the Valuation Date but on or before the Determination Date. The Account
balance of any Member shall be increased to reflect any distributions during
the five-year period ending on the Determination Date from this Plan and all
other plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Participating
Company, and reduced to eliminate the value of any rollover contributions made
after December 31, 1983, included in such Account balance.
  A.5                                 Prior
Key Employees. A Key Employee in prior Plan Years who is not a Key Employee
with respect to a current Plan Year and any Member who has not performed
services for a Participating Company maintaining the Plan at any time during
the five-year period ending on the Determination Date, shall be excluded
entirely in computing the percentage in the first paragraph above, but if a Key
Employee who performed no services for a Participating Company during such
five-year period subsequently returns to Service with a Participating Company,
such Key Employee’s total Accrued benefit shall be included in making the
determination in the first paragraph above.
  A.6                                 Restrictions.
  (a)                              Minimum
Benefits. With respect to any Plan Year during which the Plan is Top-Heavy,
the Accrued benefit derived from Participating Company contributions of a
Member who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser of (i) 3% of
such Member’s Statutory Compensation, or (ii) the percentage contributed by a
Participating Company (including salary deferral contributions) for the Key
Employee for who such percentage is the highest for such Plan Year. Such
Minimum Benefit shall be provided to all such Members who are employed by a
Participating Company on the Determination Date, regardless of such members’
level of Compensation and whether or not such Members (A) have completed 1,000
Hours of Service during the Plan Year, or (B) have elected to make
contributions to the Plan under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 of the Plan. If the
Participating Company maintains one or more qualified plans in addition to this
Plan, the following Minimum Benefits shall be provided by this Plan:
  (i)                             Members
who are not Key Employees and who are covered only by this Plan Shall receive
the Minimum Benefit described in the first paragraph of this Section A.6;

 A-2
 

    (ii)                          Members who are not Key Employees and who are
covered by this Plan and one or more other defined contribution plans shall receive the Minimum Benefit
described in the first paragraph of this Section A 6, reduced by any benefit
received under other plans;
  (iii)                       Members who are not Key Employees and who are
covered by this Plan and one or more defined benefit plans shall receive no Minimum Benefit under this
Plan if a Top-Heavy minimum benefit is provided by one or more of the other
plans. If no Top-Heavy minimum benefit is so provided, such Members shall
receive a Minimum Benefit under this Plan of 5% of such Member’s Statutory
Compensation.
  (b)                             Maximum Benefit Adjustments. (i) An adjustment is to be made in
calculating the maximum benefit and contribution limitations under Section 415
of the Code if in any Plan Year a Member is a participant in a Top-Heavy
defined benefit and defined contribution plan maintained by a Participating
Company. Such adjustment shall be a reduction in the figure used as a multiplier pursuant to Sections
415(e)(2)(B)(i) and 415(e)(3)(B)(i) of the Code from 1.25 to 1.00.
  (c)                              Section A.6(b) above shall not apply in any
Plan Year of a Top-Heavy Plan if the following conditions are satisfied with respect to such Plan Year;
  (i)                             the sum of (A) the present values of Accrued
Benefits for Key Employees under the defined benefit plan and (B) Account balances
of Key Employees under the defined contribution plan, does not exceed 90% of
such sum for all Members;
  (ii)                          the minimum contribution percentage pursuant
to Section A.6 herein is increased from 3% to 4%; and
  (iii)                       the minimum
benefit percentage to be accrued by Members who are not Key Employees of the defined benefit plan is increased from 2% to
3%, adjusted, if necessary, in accordance with Section 416(c)(l) of the Code.
  (d)                             The
adjustment otherwise required under Section A.6(c)(i) above shall not be
applicable to any Member if with respect to the particular Plan Year there are
(i) no Accrued benefits credited to such Member under the defined benefit plan,
and (ii) no Participating Company contributions, forfeitures, or voluntary
nondeductible contributions allocated to such Member.
  (e)                              In the case of any Top-Heavy Plan to which
Section A.6(c)(i) above applies, the transitional rule set forth in Section 415(e)(6)(B)(i) of the Code shall be applied
by substituting “$41,500” for “$51,875”.
  A.7                                 Plan
Aggregations. All defined benefit plans and defined contribution plans
maintained by the Participating Companies and by the Affiliated Companies shall
be aggregated for purposes of this Appendix A (except for purposes of
determining stock ownership in a Participating Company under Section A.2
herein) as if all employees included in the aggregation were Employees of the
Company.

 A-3
 

    (a)                              The
Plan will be considered to be Top-Heavy if, on the Determination Date, the Plan
is part of a required aggregation group and the required aggregation group
exceeds the 60% Test of Section A.3 herein. However, the Plan will not be
considered to be Top-Heavy for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a part of a
required or permissive aggregation group which does not exceed the 60% Test of
Section A.3. The term “required aggregation group” shall mean (i) each other
plan of a Participating Company (whether or not terminated) in which a Key
Employee is a participant, and (ii) each other plan of a Participating Company
(whether or not terminated) which enables any plan described in subclause (i)
to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code. The term “permissive
aggregation group” shall mean the required aggregation group, plus any plan not
required to be included in the required aggregation group if such group would
continue to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code
with such plan being taken into account.
  (b)                             Solely for the purpose of determining if the
Plan, or any other plan included in a required aggregation group of which this
Plan is a part, is Top-Heavy
(within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code), the Accrued benefit of an Employee other than a Key Employee (within the meaning
of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) shall be determined under (i) the method, if
any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by
the Affiliated Companies; or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such
benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under
the fractional accrual rule of Section 411(b)(l)(C) of the Code.
  (c)                              The Committee shall act pursuant to Treasury
Regulations in carrying out these provisions, particularly with reference to the application of the Minimum Benefit or
contribution provisions, where more than one plan is involved.
  A.8                                 Modification
of Rules Effective October 1, 2002.
  (a)                              Effective date. This section shall apply for
purposes of determining whether the plan is a top-heavy plan under section
416(g) of the Code for plan years beginning after December 31, 2001, and
whether the plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of section 416(c)
of the Code for such years. This A.8 modifies the foregoing rules in this
Exhibit A.
  (b)                             “Key Employee” means any employee or former
employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year
that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having
annual compensation greater than
$130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(l) of the Code for plan years
beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a
1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than
$150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the
meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key
employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the
applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued
thereunder.
  (c)                              Determination of present values and amounts.
This subsection shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of
account balances of employees as of the determination date.

 A-4
 

    (1)  Distributions during year
ending on the determination date. The present values of accrued benefits and
the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date
shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under
the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under section 416(g)(2) of the Code
during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding
sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had
it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under section
416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason
other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall
be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.”
  (2)  Employees not performing
services during year ending on the determination date. The accrued benefits and
accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer
during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken
into account.
  (d)                             Minimum
benefits. Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for
purposes of satisfying the minimum
contribution requirements of section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the plan. The
preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the
plan or, if the plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall
be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching contributions that
are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as
matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test
and other requirements of section 401(m) of the Code.

 A-5

  APPENDIX B
  ANNUAL ADDITIONS
  Section 9.6 of the Plan shall be construed in
accordance with this Appendix B. Unless the context clearly requires otherwise,
words and phrases used in this Appendix B shall have the same meanings that are
assigned to them under the Plan. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Plan, in no event shall allocations to Members under the Plan fail to comply
with Section 415 of the Code.
  B.1                                   Limitation
on Annual Additions.
  (a)                   Notwithstanding
any other provision of the Plan, the sum of the Annual Additions (as
hereinafter defined) to a Member’s Accounts for a Limitation Year (as defined
in Section B.3 herein) shall not exceed the lesser of: (i) $30,000 (as adjusted
by Section 415(d) of the Code) or (ii) 25% of such Member’s Limitation Year
Statutory Compensation. Effective October 1, 2002, the limit shall be the
lesser of: (i) $40,000 (as adjusted by Section 415(d) of the Code) or (ii) 100%
of such Member’s Limitation Year Statutory Compensation. The term “Annual
Additions” means the amount allocated to a Member’s Account that constitutes:
  (i)                     Company
contributions including Participating Company contributions (including those
used to pay an Exempt Loan) plus Pre-Tax Contributions (excluding Catch-up
Contributions),
  (ii)                  After-Tax Contributions,
  (iii)               Forfeitures, if
any, and
  (iv)              Amounts described in
Sections 415(1) and 419A(d)(2) of
the Code relating to contributions for certain
medical benefits.
  For purposes of clause (i) of the preceding sentence,
the portion of such Company contribution used to pay an Exempt Loan which is
deemed allocated to an Eligible Member’s Prior ESOP Match Account shall be an
amount which bears the same ratio to the total contribution made by all
Companies for such Plan Year which is used to repay principal on one or more
Exempt Loans, as the number of Shares allocated from the Suspense Subfund to such Eligible Member’s Prior ESOP
Match Account on the Anniversary Date of such Plan Year, bears to the total
number of Shares allocated from the Suspense Subfund to the Prior ESOP Match
Accounts of all Eligible Members for such Plan Year. The term “Annual Additions”
shall not include any amounts credited to the Member’s Account resulting from
rollover contributions. In addition, if no more than one-third of the contributions
to the Plan for a Plan Year are allocated to the Prior ESOP Match Accounts of
Highly Compensated Employees, “Annual Additions” shall not include any amounts
credited to the Member’s Account (i) due to Participating Company contributions
relating to interest payments on an Exempt Loan, or (ii) attributable to a
Forfeiture of Shares acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan.
  (b)                  Section 6.3 of
the Plan provides that no allocations shall be made in excess of the foregoing
limits and specifies how ESOP Match Contributions, and allocations of such
amounts, are reduced to observe these limits. If, despite the foregoing, it is
determined that, but

 B-1
 

    for the limitations contained in Section B.1(a) and if as a result of
the allocation of forfeitures, if any, a reasonable error in estimating a
Member’s annual compensation, or under other limited facts and circumstances
permitted under regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his
delegate, the Annual Additions to a Member’s Account for any Limitation Year
would be in excess of the limitations contained herein, such Annual Additions
shall be reduced to the extent necessary to bring such Annual Additions within
the limitation contained in Section B.1(a) in the following order:
  (i)                     Allocations
of ESOP Match Contributions and Forfeitures (excluding Forfeitures of Shares
acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan) of Prior ESOP Match Accounts
shall first be reduced (for this purpose, allocations with respect to Stepovers
shall be reduced before other allocations);
  (ii)                  After-Tax
Contributions and Pre-Tax Contributions shall be reduced in the following
order: Supplemental Employee After-Tax Investment Contributions, Supplemental
Employee Pre-Tax Investment Contributions, Supplemental Employee After-Tax
Stock Contributions, Supplemental Employee Pre-Tax Stock Contributions, Basic
Employee After-Tax Contributions and finally Basic Company Pre-Tax
Contributions; and
  (iii)               Finally, such
Member’s allocable share of the aggregate Basic Company Match Contributions for
the Plan Year ending within such Limitation Year shall be reduced.
  The foregoing order shall
also apply for purposes of Section 6.3.
  (c)                   To the extent
that the amount of any Member’s allocable share of the aggregate Participating
Company contributions is reduced in accordance with the provisions of paragraph
(b) of this Section B.1, the amount of such reductions shall be treated as
follows. In accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.415-6(b)(iii), amounts
reduced under paragraph (b)(i) and (b)(iii) above shall be held in an
unallocated suspense account and used to reduce ESOP Match Contributions and
Matching Basic Contributions, respectively, in the next Plan Year; thus, such
amounts shall be reallocated to all Participants under Section 6.1 and Section
7.1, respectively, in the next Plan Year. After-Tax Contributions and Pre-Tax
Contributions described in paragraph (b)(ii) above shall be returned to such
Member, together with any gain attributable to such returned contributions.
  B.2                                   Limitation
on Annual Additions for Participating Companies or Affiliated Companies
Maintaining Other Defined Contribution Plans. In the event that any Member
of this Plan is a participant under any other Defined Contribution Plan (as
defined in Section B.3) maintained by a Participating Company or an Affiliated
Company (whether or not terminated), the total amount of annual Additions to
such Member’s accounts under all such Defined Contribution Plans shall not
exceed the limitations set forth in Section B.1. Reduction of annual additions,
where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other
plans pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for administration of
such other plans or under priorities, if any, established by the terms of such
other plans, and then, if necessary, by reducing contributions under this Plan.
If it is determined that as a result of the limitations set forth in this

 B-2
 

    Section B.2, the Annual Additions in this Plan must be reduced, such
reduction shall be accomplished in accordance with the provisions of Section
B.1.
  B.3                                   Definitions
Relating to Annual Additions Limitations. For purposes of this Appendix B,
the following definitions shall apply:
  (a)                   “Retirement
Plan” shall mean (i) any profit sharing, pension or stock bonus plan
described in Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, (ii) any annuity plan or
annuity contract described in Sections 403(a) or 403(b) of the Code, (iii) any
qualified bond purchase plan described in Section 405(a) of the Code, (iv) any
individual retirement account, individual retirement annuity or retirement bond
described in Sections 408(a), 408(b) or 409(a) of the Code, and (v) any
simplified employee pension.
  (b)                  “Defined
Contribution Plan” shall mean (i) a Retirement Plan which provides for an
individual account for each participant therein and for benefits based solely
on the amount contributed to the participant’s account, and any income,
expenses, gains and losses, and any forfeitures of accounts of other
participants which may be allocated to such participant’s account and (ii)
mandatory and/or voluntary employee contributions to a defined benefit plan to
the extent of such employee contributions.
  (c)                   “Limitation
Year” shall mean the Plan Year. In the case of a short Plan Year, the
$30,000 limit in Section B.1(a) shall be prorated.
  (d)                  “Statutory
Compensation” shall mean, prior to October 1, 1998, the Member’s
Compensation paid during the Plan Year reportable on Form W-2 or Form 1099, as
modified by Treasury Regulation 1.415-2(d)(11)(i). Effective October 1, 1998, “it
shall be defined in accordance with Article II.
  B.4                Dual Plan
Limitation. With respect to Plan Years beginning prior to October 1, 2000,
if the Participating Company maintains or has maintained one or more defined
benefit plans which has covered or is covering any Member in such plan in
addition to this Plan (and any other defined contribution plans), all plans
(whether or not terminated) will be aggregated and the limitation of Code
Section 415(e) will apply.

 B-3

APPENDIX C

SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS FOR

MEMBERS OF CERTAIN ACQUIRED COMPANIES

Pursuant to Section 12.3(a)(3), McClier Members (as
defined in Section 1.4(e)), Castella Members (as defined in Section 1.4(g)) and
M & E Members (as defined in Section 1.4(i) may elect forms of benefits as
set forth in this Appendix C with respect to their Profit Sharing Component
Accounts; notwithstanding any other provision of this Appendix C, Appendix C
shall not apply to the Stock Funds or the Stock Component. All such Members
shall collectively be referred to as “Appendix C Members.” Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Plan to the contrary, no Member, other than an Appendix
C Member, shall be able to elect any of the forms of benefits set forth in this
Appendix C. In addition, except as set forth in the next sentence, no
distribution form described in this Appendix C may be elected after September
30, 2002. However, if an Appendix C Member elected an Annuity Option at any
time prior to October 1, 2002, then (i) the Appendix C Member may elect a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a life annuity as set forth in
subsections (a)(1), (4) or (5) (but not any other form set forth in this
Appendix C), and (ii) Section C.2 of this Appendix C shall apply to such person.

C.1       Forms
of Benefits Available.

(a)       In addition to the forms of
benefits otherwise available in the Plan, an Appendix C Member shall be
entitled to elect any of the following forms of monthly benefits with respect
to his Profit Sharing Component Accounts:

(1)      A Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity.

(2)      An annuity payable for the
Appendix C Member’s lifetime with a minimum guaranty of a period of years, as
selected by the Appendix C Member, subject to the following. The only periods
available are as follows: (i) 5 or 10 years, in the case of a McClier Member
and (ii) 5, 10, 15 or 20 years, in the case of a Castella Member. If the
McClier or Castella Member dies prior to the end of the selected period,
payments in the same amount to such Member’s Beneficiary will continue for the
remainder of the selected period. This option is not available to M & E Members.

(3)      A contingent annuity option
with a 10-year guaranty – monthly 
payments to the McClier Member for his life. However, if the McClier
Member dies prior to 10 years of
payments, payments of the same amount will continue to the contingent annuitant
for the remainder of the 10-year period. After the later of the McClier Member’s
death or end of the 10-year period, payments equal to 50% or 100% (as selected by
the McClier Member) shall be made to the contingent annuitant for his life if
he is then alive. If both the McClier Member and the contingent annuitant die
prior to the end of the 10-year period, then payments in the same amount shall
continue to the Beneficiary for the remainder of the 10-year period. This
option is only available to McClier Members.

(4)      Installments over the
McClier Member’s life expectancy (based on tables set forth in regulations
under Section 72 of the Code). Such life expectancy shall

 C-1
 

be redetermined annually and the monthly payment amount for the year
shall equal the value of the McClier Member’s Account as of the end of the
prior year divided by the recalculated life expectancy. Upon the McClier Member’s
death, any remaining balance is paid to the Beneficiary. This option is only
available to McClier Members.

(5)      An annuity payable for the
Member’s lifetime (with no benefits after the death of the Member). This option
is not available to McClier Members.

(b)      If the Appendix C Member
elects any of the foregoing options (other than (a)(4) above), the Member’s
vested Profit Sharing Component Accounts, reduced by any applicable state taxes
and any policy handling fees imposed by the annuity company, shall be used to
purchase an annuity contract that pays the form of benefits selected. These
options shall only be available to the extent that an annuity contract
providing such benefits can be acquired.

(c)       Solely in the case of
McClier Members, any of the Annuity Options may be paid on a fixed basis (that
is, providing level monthly payments), on a variable basis (that is, providing
payments in an amount which may increase or decrease depending on investment
performance), or a combination of a fixed and variable basis. These options
shall only be available to the extent that an annuity contract providing such
benefits can be acquired.

C.2     Spousal Consent Rules.
Unless the Appendix C Member elects or has previously elected an Annuity
Option, no spousal consent is required to elect any of the options provided by
Section 12.3 or any options in this Appendix (other than an Annuity Option). In
no event shall spousal consent be required to elect a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan (other than Sections
12.3(d) and 12.4), if the Appendix C Member elected an Annuity Option at any
time prior to October 1, 2002, then the rules set forth below shall apply with
respect to the distribution of benefits. These rules shall not apply if the
Appendix C Member did not elect an Annuity Option prior to October 1, 2002.

(a)        (1)        Unless an optional form of benefit is selected
pursuant to a Qualified Election within the 90-day period ending on the Annuity
Starting Date, a married Appendix C Member’s vested Profit Shoring Component
Accounts will be paid in the form of a Qualified and Survivor Annuity and an
unmarried Appendix C Member’s vested Account will be paid in the form of a life
annuity, as set forth in subsection (a)(4) or (a)(5), as applicable.

(2)      The Plan shall, no lessthan 30 days and no more than 90 days
prior to the Annuity Starting Date, provide each Appendix C Member with a
written explanation of: (i) the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity; (ii) the Appendix C Member’s right to make and the effect of
an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit;
(iii) the rights of an Appendix C Member’s Spouse; and (iv) the right to make,
and the effect of; a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity.

(b)        (1)        Unless an optional form of benefit has been
selected within the Election Period pursuant to a Qualified Election, if an
Appendix C Member dies before the Annuity Starting Date, then 100% of the
Appendix C Member’s vested Profit Sharing

 C-2
 

Component Accounts shall be applied toward the purchase of an annuity
contract (reduced by any state applicable taxes and any policy handling fees
imposed by the annuity company) providing for payments for the life of the
Surviving Spouse. The Surviving Spouse may elect to have distribution of the
vested Account balance commence within the 90-day period following the date of
the Appendix C Member’s death.

(2)      An Appendix C Member who
will not attain age 35 as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a
special Qualified Election to waive the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the
first day of the Plan Year in which the Appendix C Member will attain age 35. Such
election shall not be valid unless the Appendix C Member receives a written
explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms as
are comparable to the explanation required under Section C.2(a)(2). Qualified
Preretirement Survivor coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the
first day of the Plan Year in which the Member attains age 35. Any new waiver
on or after such date shall be subject to the full requirements of this
Appendix.

(3)      The Plan shall provide each
Appendix C Member, within the applicable period for such Appendix C Member, a
written explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such
terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation described in
Section C.2(a)(2) applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The
applicable period for an Appendix C Member is whichever of the following
periods ends last: (i) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year
in which the Appendix C Member attains age 32 and ending with the close of the
Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Appendix C Member attains age
35; and (ii) the expiration of one year after the Appendix C Member elects an
Annuity Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Appendix C Member has
ever elected an Annuity Option and separates from service before the Plan Year
in which age 35 is attained, notice shall be provided within the two-year
period beginning one year prior to separation and ending one year after
separation. If such an Appendix C Member thereafter returns to employment with
the Company, the applicable period for such Appendix C Member shall be
redetermined.

(4)      The Surviving Spouse may
elect a death benefit allowed under Section 12.3 in lieu of the Qualified
Preretirement Survivor Annuity by making a Qualified Election prior to the purchase of the annuity contract
providing the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

C.3      Definitions.
The following definitions shall apply to this Appendix C.

(a)    Annuity
Options. Any of the distribution forms described in Section C.l(a)(1)
through C.l(a)(5).

(b)    Election
Period. The period which begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which
the Appendix C Member attains age 35 and ends on the date of the Appendix C
Member’s death. If an Appendix C Member separates from service prior to the
first day of the

 C-3
 

Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, with respect to the Account
balance as of the date of separation, the election period shall begin on the
date of separation.

(c)       Qualified Election.
A waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement
Survivor Annuity. Any waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless: (i) the
Appendix C Member’s Spouse consents in writing to the election; (ii) the
election designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of
beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, which may not be changed without
spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Appendix C
Member without any further spousal consent); (iii) the Spouse’s consent
acknowledges the effect of the election; and (iv) the Spouse’s consent is
witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public.

Additionally, an Appendix C Member’s waiver of the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless the election
designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed without spousal
consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Member without any
further spousal consent). If it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan
representative that there is no Spouse or that the Spouse cannot be located, a
waiver will be deemed a Qualified Election.

Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision
(or establishment that the consent of a Spouse may not be obtained) shall be
effective only with respect to such Spouse. A consent that permits designations
by the Appendix C Member without any requirement of further consent by such
Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the right to limit consent to a
specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that
the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A
revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Member without the consent of the
Spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of
revocations shall not be limited.

(d)      Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity. An immediate annuity for the life of the Appendix C
Member with a survivor annuity for the life of the Spouse which is 50 percent
(50%) (or 100 percent (100%), if elected by the Appendix C Member) of the
amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Appendix C
Member and the Spouse and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased
with the Appendix C Member’s vested Account.

(e)       Spouse (Surviving
Spousal). The spouse (or Surviving Spouse) of the Appendix C Member at the
time of the Annuity Starting Date (or the Appendix C Member’s death, if
earlier).

(f)       Annuity Starting Date.
The first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as am annuity or
any other form.

 C-4

APPENDIX D

NONDISCRIMINATION LIMITS ON CERTAIN MATCHING STOCK CONTRIBUTIONS

This Appendix D describes how the requirements of
Section 6.3(b) of the Plan are applied with respect to Section 401(a)(4) of the
Code. To implement Section 6.3(b), all of the allocations in the Plan are first
performed on a hypothetical basis; no actual allocations are made until it is
determined that the allocations comply with Section 401(a)(4) as described
below.

In order to determine whether the allocations under
the Plan comply with Section 401(a)(4), the Plan will apply the rules set forth
in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-(2)(c) (the general test for
nondiscrimination in amounts of contributions). Accordingly, the following
steps will be taken.

Step 1

Calculate an Allocation Rate for each Member. It is
equal to all allocations (based on the value of the Shares allocated on the
Anniversary Date) for a Member attributable to Matching Stock Contributions and
allocations of Matching Stock Account Forfeitures (excluding those taken into
account pursuant to Section 9.1 or 9.3) divided by the Member’s ESOP
Compensation for the Plan Year. For this purpose, Social Security shall not be
imputed.

Step 2

Group all Members into Rate Groups, with each Rate
Group corresponding to a given Highly Compensated Employee.

Step 3

For
each Rate Group, determine the ratio of Members who are Nonhighly Compensated
Employees within the Rate Group compared to all Nonhighly Compensated Employees
(excluding those hired since the last Entry Date of the year) divided by the
ratio of Members who are Highly Compensated Employees within the Rate Group
compared to all Highly Compensated Employees. For purposes of determining
whether the Plan passes Section 401 (a)(4), allocation rates shall be grouped
so that they are the greater of 5% (not percentage points) of the midpoint
range and One-quarter of a percentage point above and below the midpoint range.
If said ratio equals or exceeds 70% for every Rate Group, the Plan shall comply
with Section 401(a)(4).

Step 4

In the event one or more Rate Groups fail to meet the
requirements of Step 3, the ratios for each Rate Group calculated pursuant to
Step 3 shall be compared with the Safe Harbor Mid Point Percentage. If the
ratio so determined for any Rate Group is less than the Safe Harbor Mid Point
Percentage, the allocations do not meet Section 401(a)(4) of the Code and the
allocations shall be reduced pursuant to Step 6. Otherwise, proceed to Step 5,

 D-1
 

Step 5

In the event every Rate Group’s ratio calculated
pursuant to Step 4 is equal to or greater than the Safe Harbor Mid Point
Percentage, determine the average Equivalent Accrual Rate for all Nonhighly
Compensated Employees and the average Equivalent Accrual Rate for all Highly
Compensated Employees. Include in this calculation benefits from all tax
qualified retirement plans sponsored by the Employer, Normalizing all defined
contribution plan benefits. If the ratio of the average Equivalent Accrual Rate
for Nonhighly Compensated Employees compared to the average Equivalent Accrual
Rate for Highly Compensated Employees equals or exceeds 70%, the allocations
under this Plan comply with Code Section 401(a)(4). If the ratios are less than
70%, the allocations do not comply with Code Section 401(a) and must it be
reduced pursuant to Step 6.

Step 6

If the Plan fails to meet the foregoing rules, then
the allocations shall be reduced accordingly.

For purposes of this Appendix D, the following
definitions shall apply:

(i)           “Equivalent Accrual Rate”
means for a given individual the normalized annual lifetime benefit, commencing
at age 65, from all tax-qualified plans of the Company, divided by the
individual’s average ESOP Compensation (five of the last ten years of ESOP
Compensation). In the case of the Plan and all other defined contribution
plans, “normalizing” shall consist of projecting the contribution plus
forfeitures to age 65 (for individuals younger than age 65), assuming interest
at the rate of 8.5% per annum and converting it to an annuity for life starting
at age 65 assuming 8.5% interest and the UP-84 Mortality Table.

Employer-provided benefits
under defined benefit plans are normalized to a straight life annuity
commencing at the testing age (age 65) as follows: First, the benefit is
converted to its actuarial present value as of the date the benefit would
commence under the plan. For this purpose, an interest rate of 8.5% and 1984
Unisex Pension Mortality Table is used. The single sum is adjusted for interest
only, to an equivalent single sum as of the testing age using 8.5%. The result
is then converted to a straight life annuity using 8.5% interest and the 1984
Unisex Pension Mortality Table. A Member is assumed to have a spouse of the
same age as the Member. In addition, permitted disparity of .65% per year of benefit
service is imputed, to a maximum of 35 years, for all defined benefit plan
Members.

For this purpose, the
foregoing tests shall be calculated using a measurement period which is the
current Plan Year. Accordingly, the Equivalent Accrual Rate shall be adjusted
in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-(7)(c) for
individuals to whom Social Security is imputed. Equivalent accrual rates shall
not be grouped for this purpose.

(ii)           “Rate Group” means a
group of Members consisting of a Highly
Compensated Employee and all other Members with Allocation Rates equal to or
greater than the Allocation Rate of the Highly Compensated Employee. A Rate
Group shall be established for each Member who is a Highly Compensated
Employee.

 D-2
 

(iii)        “Nonhighly Compensated
Employee Concentration Percentage” means the percentage of all Employees who
meet age and service requirements of this Plan who are Nonhighly Compensated
Employees.

(iv)
      “Safe Harbor Mid Point Percentage” shall be
the rate determined pursuant to Table I attached hereto.

 D-3
 

TABLE I

IRS NONDISCRIMINATORY CLASSIFICATION PERCENTAGES

	
  Nonhighly

  Compensated Employee

  Concentration Percentage

  	
   

  	
  Safe Harbor Mid Point

  Percentage

  	
   

  
	
  60 or below

  	
   

  	
  45.00

  	
  %

  
	
  61

  	
   

  	
  44.25

  	
  %

  
	
  62

  	
   

  	
  43.50

  	
  %

  
	
  63

  	
   

  	
  42.75

  	
  %

  
	
  64

  	
   

  	
  42.00

  	
  %

  
	
  65

  	
   

  	
  41.25

  	
  %

  
	
  66

  	
   

  	
  40.50

  	
  %

  
	
  67

  	
   

  	
  39.75

  	
  %

  
	
  68

  	
   

  	
  39.00

  	
  %

  
	
  69

  	
   

  	
  38.25

  	
  %

  
	
  70

  	
   

  	
  37.50

  	
  %

  
	
  71

  	
   

  	
  36.75

  	
  %

  
	
  72

  	
   

  	
  36.00

  	
  %

  
	
  73

  	
   

  	
  35.25

  	
  %

  
	
  74

  	
   

  	
  34.50

  	
  %

  
	
  75

  	
   

  	
  33.75

  	
  %

  
	
  76

  	
   

  	
  33.00

  	
  %

  
	
  77

  	
   

  	
  32.25

  	
  %

  
	
  78

  	
   

  	
  31.50

  	
  %

  
	
  79

  	
   

  	
  30.75

  	
  %

  
	
  80

  	
   

  	
  30.00

  	
  %

  
	
  81

  	
   

  	
  29.25

  	
  %

  
	
  82

  	
   

  	
  28.50

  	
  %

  
	
  83

  	
   

  	
  27.75

  	
  %

  
	
  84

  	
   

  	
  27.00

  	
  %

  
	
  85

  	
   

  	
  26.25

  	
  %

  
	
  86

  	
   

  	
  25.50

  	
  %

  
	
  87

  	
   

  	
  24.87

  	
  %

  
	
  88

  	
   

  	
  24.50

  	
  %

  
	
  89

  	
   

  	
  24.12

  	
  %

  
	
  90

  	
   

  	
  23.75

  	
  %

  
	
  91

  	
   

  	
  23.37

  	
  %

  
	
  92

  	
   

  	
  23.00

  	
  %

  
	
  93

  	
   

  	
  22.62

  	
  %

  
	
  94

  	
   

  	
  22.25

  	
  %

  
	
  95

  	
   

  	
  21.87

  	
  %

  
	
  96

  	
   

  	
  21.50

  	
  %

  
	
  97

  	
   

  	
  21.12

  	
  %

  
	
  98

  	
   

  	
  20.75

  	
  %

  
	
  99

  	
   

  	
  20.37

  	
  %

  

 

 D-4

APPENDIX E

PRIOR ESOP MATCH STOCK ACCOUNT CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

This Appendix E sets forth the contribution and
allocation rules applicable to Prior ESOP Match Accounts on and after October
1, 1998 and prior to October 1, 2001. Capitalized terms and cross-references
refer to terms and sections in the Plan prior to October 1, 2001. Prior to
October 1, 2001, the Prior ESOP Match Accounts were called Matching Stock
Accounts.

E.1               Matching
Stock Contributions.

(a)                     (1)                        Subject to
Section 9.6 hereof and the provisions of any contribution agreement, the
Companies shall contribute to the Matching Stock Accounts for each Plan Year
such sum as the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine. Any
Company may contribute all or part of the entire amount due on behalf of one or
more other Companies and charge the amount thereof to the Company responsible
therefore. The Board of Directors may designate to what Plan Year a
contribution to the Plan shall relate, provided that such contribution is paid
to the Trustee not later than the due date (including any extensions thereof)
for filing the Company’s federal income tax return for its taxable year which
corresponds with such Plan Year (but no later than 12 months after the end of
the Plan Year).

(2)                        Notwithstanding
the foregoing, beginning on and after October 1, 1998, the Company shall
contribute to the Trust Fund (“Matching Stock Contributions”) an amount which,
together with Forfeitures described in Section 10.6(d)(l), is sufficient to
provide each Eligible Member with an allocation of Shares as follows:

(A)                            with
respect to each Eligible Member who is both a member of the Associate Group of
the Company and is not a Highly Compensated Employee, an amount equal to the
120% of the Matching Percentage for that Plan Year multiplied by the Share
Purchases made by such Eligible Member for that Plan Year;

(B)                              with
respect to each Eligible Member who is both a member of the Associate Group of
the Company and is a Highly Compensated Employee, an amount equal to the sum of
(i) the Matching Percentage for that Plan Year multiplied by the Common Stock
Deferrals made by such Eligible Member for that Plan Year, (ii) subject to
Appendix D, 120% of the Matching Percentage for that Plan Year multiplied by
the Stepovers made by such Eligible Member for that Plan Year, and (iii)
subject to Appendix D, 20% of the Matching Percentage for the Plan Year
multiplied by Eligible Member’s ESOP Compensation for the Plan Year multiplied
by the “SPP deferral rate,” as defined below, of the Eligible Member. “SPP
deferral rate” shall mean the amount of Common Stock Deferrals (excluding any
deferrals of bonuses) deferred into the Stock Purchase Plan by such Eligible
Member for that portion of the Plan Year during which the Eligible Member was
not eligible to make Common Stock

 E-1
 

Deferrals to the Sub-Component, divided by the
Member’s ESOP Compensation for that portion of the Plan Year, but shall not
exceed the “SIP deferral rate.” “SIP deferral rate” shall mean the amount of
Common Stock Deferrals deferred into the Sub-Component by such Eligible Member
for that Plan Year, divided by the Member’s ESOP Compensation for that portion
of the Plan Year during which the Eligible Member was eligible to make Common
Stock Deferrals to the Sub-Component;

(C)                              solely
for the Plan Years ending September 30, 2000 and September 30, 2001, with
respect to each Eligible Member who is a “New Shareholder” (as defined below),
subject to Appendix D, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Matching
Percentage for that Plan Year multiplied by the aggregate Common Stock
Deferrals plus (ii) 120% of the Matching Percentage for that Plan Year
multiplied by the aggregate Stepovers for that Plan Year made by such Eligible
Member. For this purpose, New Shareholder means a Member who meets both of the
following conditions: (i) he is not described in the preceding paragraphs (A)
or (B), and (ii) he does not own, directly or indirectly, any Shares on
September 30, 1999. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a Member is considered
to own Shares indirectly if (1) any Shares are held by the Member’s trust or
individual retirement account or (2) the person is a member in this Plan, the
Stock Investment Plan or the Stock Purchase Plan.

(D)                             with
respect to each Eligible Member not described in the preceding clauses (A), (B)
or (C), an amount equal to the Matching Percentage for that Plan Year
multiplied by the aggregate Share Purchases for that Plan Year made by such
Eligible Member.

(E)                               with
respect to each Eligible Member who is a Harris (Holland) Individual, in
addition to the applicable amount set forth in (A) - (D) above, an amount equal
to 11/2%of such
Harris (Holland) Individual’s ESOP Compensation for the Plan Year. For the
purposes of this Section 6.1(a), a Harris (Holland) Individual’s ESOP
Compensation shall only include that ESOP Compensation paid during the Plan
Year while such person was both a Harris (Holland) Individual and an Eligible
Member.

(F)                               Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no contribution (or allocation) shall be made for any Eligible
Member if the resulting allocation would result in a violation of Section 6.5,
Article IX, Appendix B or D or any other Plan or legal limits. These rules
shall be applied on an individual Member limit. If any amount that would otherwise
be allocated under (A) - (E) above is reduced by this subsection (F), Matching
Stock Contributions shall be correspondingly reduced.

In addition, subject to paragraph (F) above, for the Plan Year ending
in 1998, the Company shall make contributions as necessary to make the
allocations set forth in Section 6.4B(i).

 E-2
 

(b)                  All contributions
made under Section 6.1(a) may be in cash or Shares or any combination thereof.
Shares shall be valued as of the Anniversary Date of the Plan Year for which
the allocation is being made. All or part of the contributions made under
Section 6.l(a) may be applied to repay any outstanding Exempt Loan. The Board
of Directors may, subject to any pledge or similar agreement, direct or
determine the proportions of such contributions which are applied to repay each
such Exempt Loan.

(c)                   All or part of
any cash contribution made under Section 6.1(a) may be allocated to the
Matching Stock Account of a Member (in exchange for Shares in the Member’s
Matching Stock Account of equal value) in order to make a distribution in cash
to the Member permitted by Section 12.4(c) or an exchange permitted by Section
12.4(d).

E.2               Allocation
of Contributions.

(a)                   The Matching
Stock Account maintained for each Member will be credited as of each Anniversary
Date pursuant to Sections 6.4, 6.4A and 6.4B with his allocable share of (1)
Shares purchased by the Trust Fund using cash contributed by or on behalf of
such Member’s employer (or Shares contributed directly to the Trust Fund), (2)
Shares released from the Suspense Subfund pursuant to Section 6.3, and (3)
Forfeitures of Matching Stock Accounts. The allocation of contributions of each
Participating Company (or of the Shares released from the Suspense Subfund
under Section 6.3) during any Plan Year shall be made only to the Matching
Stock Accounts of Members who are Eligible Members.

(b)                  Shares acquired
by the Trust Fund through an Exempt Loan shall be added to and maintained in
the Suspense Subfund and shall thereafter be released from the Suspense Subfund
and allocated to Matching Stock Accounts of Members as provided in Sections 6.3
and 6.4.

(c)                   Allocations of
Shares shall be expressed in terms of numbers of whole and fractional interests
in Shares.

E.3               Release from
Suspense Subfund. Shares acquired for the Trust Fund with the proceeds of
an Exempt Loan shall be released from the Suspense Subfund in accordance with
the provisions of this Section 6.3. Unless the Committee determines otherwise,
Shares shall be released once per Plan Year.

(a)                   For each Plan
Year until the Exempt Loan is fully repaid, the number of Shares released from
the Suspense Subfund shall equal the number of unreleased Shares immediately
before such release for the current Plan Year multiplied by the “Release
Fraction.” As used herein, the term “Release Fraction” shall mean a fraction,
the numerator of which is the amount of principal and interest paid on the
Exempt Loan for such current Plan Year (including any amounts the Board of
Directors designates as a contribution for the current Plan Year in accordance
with Section 6.l(a)) and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerator
plus the principal and interest to be paid on such Exempt Loan for all future
years during the term of such Exempt Loan (determined without reference to any
possible prepayments, extensions or renewals thereof). For purposes of
computing the denominator of the Release Fraction, if the interest rate on the
Exempt Loan is variable, the interest to be paid in subsequent Plan Years

 E-3
 

shall be calculated by assuming that the interest rate in effect as of
the Anniversary Date of the Plan Year to which the repayment relates will be
the interest rate in effect for the remainder of the term of the Exempt Loan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event such Exempt Loan shall be repaid
with the proceeds of a subsequent Exempt Loan (the “Substitute Loan”), such
repayment shall not operate to release all such Shares in the Suspense Subfund,
but, rather, such release shall be effected pursuant to the foregoing provisions
of this Section 6.3(a) on the basis of payments of principal and interest on
such Substitute Loan.

(b)                  If required by
any pledge or similar agreement, or if permitted by such pledge or agreement
and required by the Board of Directors pursuant to a one-time, irrevocable
designation by the Board of Directors, then, in lieu of applying the provisions
of Section 6.3(a) hereof with respect to an Exempt Loan, Shares shall be
released from the Suspense Subfund as the principal amount of such Exempt Loan
is repaid (without regard to interest payments), provided the following three
conditions are satisfied:

(1)                        The
Exempt Loan shall provide for annual payments of principal and interest at a
cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments
of such amounts for ten years;

(2)                        The
interest portion of any payment shall be disregarded only to the extent it
would be treated as interest under standard loan amortization tables; and

(3)                        If
the Exempt Loan is renewed, extended or refinanced, the sum of the expired
duration of the Exempt Loan and the renewal, extension or new Exempt Loan
period shall not exceed ten years.

(c)                   If at any time
there is more than one Exempt Loan outstanding, then separate accounts shall be
established under the Suspense Subfund for each such Exempt Loan. Each Exempt
Loan for which a separate account is maintained shall be treated separately for
purposes of the provisions governing the release of Shares from the Suspense
Subfund under this Section 6.3 (including for purposes of determining whether
Section 6.3(a) or Section 6.3(b) governs the release of Shares from any
particular Suspense Subfund) and for purposes of the provisions governing the
application of Participating Company contributions to repay an Exempt Loan
under Section 6.1.

(d)                  All Shares
released from the Suspense Subfund for any Plan Year shall be allocated among
Members as prescribed by Section 6.4. If more than one class of Shares is
purchased with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan, the proportion of each such
class that is released from the Suspense Subfund and allocated to the Matching
Stock Accounts of Members for a Plan Year shall be substantially the same with
respect to each Member who receives an allocation for that Plan Year.

(e)                   Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the case of an Exempt Loan (“New Exempt Loan”) which is used
to refinance an existing Exempt Loan (“Existing Exempt Loan”):

(i)                                         the
repayment of the obligations under the Existing Exempt Loan with the proceeds
of the New Exempt Loan shall not cause the Shares to be released from the
Suspense Subfund under this Section 6.3; and

 E-4
 

(ii)                                      the repayment of the New Exempt Loan shall
cause the Shares to be released from the Suspense Subfund in accordance with
this Section 6.3.

E.4
              Allocation for Years Beginning On and After
October 1, 1998. On the
Anniversary Date of each Plan Year beginning on and after October 1, 1998, all
Matching Stock Contributions (made in Shares) and all Shares purchased by the
Trust with Matching Stock Contributions (made in cash), together with
Forfeitures of Matching Stock Accounts for that Plan Year of amounts allocated
after September 30, 1998 or pursuant to Section 6.4B(i), shall be allocated to
the Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible Members so that each Eligible Member
receives the allocation set forth in Section 6.1 (a)(2), as limited by Sections
6.5 and 9.3 and all other Plan and legal limits. For this purpose, Shares shall
be valued as of the Anniversary Date of the Plan Year for which the allocation
is being made. See Section 6.4B for rules prior to October 1, 1998.

E.4A
    Allocation of Forfeitures Allocated On or
Before September 30, 1998.

(a)       As of the end of the Plan Year, all
Forfeitures of Matching Stock Accounts of amounts that were allocated on or before
September 30, 1998 (except amounts allocated pursuant to Section 6.4B(i)) which
become available for allocation for such Plan Year shall be allocated to the
Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible Members as provided in this Section 6.4A.
(See Section 10.6 for rules regarding allocation of other Matching Stock
Account Forfeitures.) Notwithstanding the preceding sentence or any other
provision of the Plan, no Forfeitures shall be allocated under this Section
6.4A to any person who was not a Member prior to October 1, 1998. Such Shares
shall be valued as of the Anniversary Date of such Plan Year.

For Plan Years ending after 1998, such Shares
shall be allocated in the following order:

(i)                                         To correct any allocations for the prior Plan
Year;

(ii)                                      To reinstatements of forfeited amounts for
reemployed Members pursuant to Section 10.6(e);

(iii)                                   To Current Year Unallocated Amounts (“CYU
Amounts”, as defined in Subsection (c) below) with respect to Section 6.4 of
Eligible Members who are non-HCE’s;

(iv)                                  To CYU Amounts with respect to Section 6.4 of
Eligible Members who are Highly Compensated Employees (“HCE’s”);

(v)                                     In accordance with the allocation formula
under Section 6.4 as if such remaining Forfeitures were treated as additional
contributed Shares.

Each such clause above shall
hereinafter be referred as a “Forfeiture Allocation Tier.” No allocations of
Forfeitures shall be made with respect to any Forfeiture Allocation Tier until
all allocations under the preceding Forfeiture Allocation Tiers have been completed.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the allocations for any Plan
Year, the Board of

 E-5
 

Directors may amend such
clauses at any time prior to the end of such Plan Year. For allocations of
Forfeitures for the years prior to 1998, see Section 6.4B(j).

(b)
                 For purposes of allocating Forfeitures within
any single Forfeiture Allocation Tier, allocations shall be made so that the
“percentage allocation rate” (as defined in Subsection (d)) for each Eligible
Member receiving an allocation under such Forfeiture Allocation Tier shall be
the same as the percentage allocation rate for all other Eligible Members
receiving an allocation under such Forfeiture Allocation Tier during the Plan
Year. In addition, the maximum allocation of Forfeitures to any Eligible Member
under any Forfeiture Allocation Tier shall be limited to the amount of such
Member’s CYU Amount (if applicable) with respect to such Forfeiture Allocation
Tier.

(c)
                  A “Current Year Unallocated Amount” or “CYU
Amount” is the amount that would have been allocated to the Matching Stock
Account of an Eligible Member pursuant to Section 6.4 (or Section 6.4B(c), (d),
(f) or (i)) for the Plan Year, were it not solely for the application of the
limitations under Code Section 415, including amounts not allocated because of
Code Section 415(c)(6) and Section 6.5(b)(iii) hereunder. A Member’s CYU Amount
shall not include any amount not allocated to the Matching Stock Account of an
Eligible Member by virtue of Section 6.5(b)(i) or because insufficient Shares are
released from the Suspense Subfund to make any particular allocation under
Section 6.4. The CYU Amounts shall include any amounts available for allocation
under Section 6.5(b)(v) which were not allocated to a Member’s Matching Stock
Account by virtue of Code Section 415. The CYU Amount shall be expressed as a
dollar value equal to the value of Shares not allocated to the Member’s
Matching Stock Account, rather than as a dollar value of contributions not
allocated to the Member’s Matching Stock Account.

(d)
                 A Member’s “percentage allocation rate” for
any Forfeiture Allocation Tier shall be a fraction. The numerator of such
fraction shall be the sum of the Forfeitures allocated to the Member with
respect to such tier for the Plan Year plus the dollar amount already allocated
to such Member under the applicable subsection of Section 6.4 (or 6.4B) with
respect to such Forfeiture Allocation Tier. The denominator shall be the
Member’s Share Purchases for purposes of the Forfeiture Allocation Tier
relating to Section 6.4. For the years ending prior to 1998, the denominator
shall be: (1) the Member’s Share Purchases for purposes of the Forfeiture
Allocation Tier relating to Section 6.4B(i); (2) the Member’s ESOP Compensation
for purposes of Forfeiture Allocation Tiers relating to Sections 6.4B(c)(i) and
6.4B(f); (3) the Member’s Defined contribution Plan Deferrals for purposes of
Forfeiture Allocation Tiers relating to Section 6.4B(c)(iii); or (4) the
Member’s Common Stock Deferrals for purposes of Forfeiture Allocation Tiers
relating to Section 6.4B(c)(ii).

(e)
                  No allocations shall be made under this
Section 6.4A to the extent it would violate the provisions of Section
6.5(b)(i).

(f)
                    For the Plan Year ending in 1998, such Shares
shall be allocated in the following order:

(i)                                         To correct any allocations for the prior Plan
Year;

 E-6
 

(ii)                                      To reinstatements
of forfeited amounts for reemployed Members pursuant to Section 10.6(e);

(iii)                                   Solely for the Plan
Year ending in 1998, to the Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible Members in the
proportion that each such Member’s donations, as defined below (not to exceed
$10,000 per Member), for the Plan Year bears to the donations of all such
Members, provided that the maximum amount allocated to any such Member shall be
$10,000 and the maximum amount allocated pursuant to this clause (iii) shall be
$300,000. Any amount that cannot be allocated due to Section 6.5 shall be
reallocated to Members who made such donations in accordance with the first
sentence of this clause (iii), provided that in all events the $10,000 per
Member and $300,000 aggregate limit shall apply. For purposes of this
paragraph, “donations” shall mean cash contributions to the campaign in
opposition to the California Ballot Initiative entitled “Governmental Cost
Savings and Taxpayer Protection Amendment.” Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Plan to the contrary, solely for purposes of this clause (iii),
Eligible Member shall mean any Member who was an Employee at any time during
the Plan Year ending in 1998. In addition, notwithstanding any provision of the
Plan to the contrary, if any amounts are allocated to a Member under this
clause (iii) and the Member is not vested, such amounts shall be held in a
subaccount of the Matching Stock Account of that Member until the Member vests.
All amounts held in such subaccount (but not any other amounts in the Matching
Stock Account) shall be 100% vested at all times;

(iv)                                  To Current Year
Unallocated Amounts (“CYU Amounts”, as defined in Subsection (c) below) with respect
to Section 6.4B(c)(i) of Eligible Members who are non-HCE’s;

(v)                                     To
CYU Amounts with respect to Section 6.4B(c)(ii) of Eligible Members who are
non-HCE’s;

(vi)                                  To CYU Amounts with
respect to Section 6.4B(c)(iii) of Eligible Members who are non-HCE’s;

(vii)                               To CYU Amounts with
respect to Section 6.4B(f) of Eligible Members who are non-HCE’s;

(viii)                            To CYU Amounts with respect
to Section 6.4B(c)(i) of Eligible Members who are Highly Compensated Employees
(“HCE’s”);

(ix)                                    To CYU Amounts with
respect to Section 6.4B(c)(ii) of Eligible Members who are HCE’s;

(x)                                       To
CYU Amounts with respect to Section 6.4B(c)(iii) of Eligible Members who are
HCE’s;

(xi)                                    To CYU Amounts with
respect to Section 6.4B(i) of Eligible Members, first solely to Non-HCE’s and then
to HCE’s; and then

 E-7
 

(xii)                                 In accordance with the
allocation formula under Sections 6.4B(c), (d), (e) and (f) as if such
remaining Forfeitures were treated as additional released Shares.

Subject to the actual ESOP plan document, similar rules applied in
earlier years.

E.4B       Allocation for Year
Beginning October 1, 1997. For the Plan Year ending in 1998, Shares
released from the Suspense Subfund shall be allocated to the Matching Stock
Accounts of Members as provided in Section 6.4B(a)-(h); at that time, no more
Shares will remain in the Suspense Subfund. (Subject to the actual ESOP plan
document, similar rules applied prior to October 1, 1997.) For Plan Years
beginning on and after October 1, 1998, Shares shall be allocated to the
Matching Stock Accounts of Members as provided in Section 6.4. A special
transitional rule for the Plan Year ending in 1998 is set forth in Section
6.4B(i).

(a)                   Shares released
from the Suspense Subfund for a Plan Year in accordance with Section 6.3 shall
be held in the Trust Fund on an unallocated basis until allocated as of the
Anniversary Date for that Plan Year. The allocation of such Shares among the
Matching Stock Accounts of Members shall be made among the Matching Stock
Accounts of Eligible Members in accordance with subsection (c).

(b)                  Following the
release of Shares from the Suspense Subfund as provided under Section 6.3, a
portion of the total number of Shares so released shall be allocated to
Members’ Matching Stock Accounts based on the amounts of any dividends on Shares
previously allocated to such Matching Stock Accounts that are used to make the
loan amortization payment. The number of released Shares with respect to such
dividends shall be determined and allocated in accordance with the provisions
of subsection (g).

(c)                   As of the end of
each Plan Year, all Shares that have been released from the Suspense Subfund as
a result of loan amortization payments (including loan payments made from
dividends on Shares) made during such Plan Year that have not and will not be
allocated pursuant to subsection (b) shall be allocated to the Matching Stock
Accounts of Eligible Members pursuant to this subsection (c). For purposes of
this Section 6.4B, Shares shall be valued as of the Anniversary Date of the
Plan Year for which the allocation is being made. As of the end of each Plan
Year, all Shares that have been released from the Suspense Subfund as a result
of loan amortization payments (including loan payments made from dividends on
Shares) made during such Plan Year that have not and will not be allocated
pursuant to subsection (b) shall be allocated first to provide for any
reinstatement of Member Matching Stock Accounts in accordance with Section
10.6, to the extent that Forfeitures for the Plan Year are not sufficient to provide
for such reinstatement. Any remaining Shares that have been released from the
Suspense Subfund shall be allocated to the Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible
Members pursuant to the following provisions of this subsection (c), and after
Sections 6.5(b)(ii) and (iii) (but not Section 6.5(b)(i)) areapplied, any Forfeitures that are
available for allocation shall thereafter be allocated to the Matching Stock
Accounts of Eligible Members in accordance with Section 6.4A. For any Plan Year
such Shares shall be allocated as follows:

(i)                                         Such
Shares shall first be allocated to the Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible
Members in the proportion that each such Eligible Member’s

 E-8
 

ESOP Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the ESOP
Compensation of all such Eligible Members for the Plan Year. The allocation
described in the preceding sentence for any Member shall not exceed Shares with
a value equal to the lesser of (i) $500 (except for the Harris (Holland)
Individuals) or (ii) 1-1/2% of such Member’s ESOP Compensation for the Plan
Year. For purposes of this Section 6.4B(c)(i), a Member’s ESOP Compensation
shall include only that ESOP Compensation paid by the Member during the Plan
Year while he was a Member. To the extent that the sum of allocations under
this Section 6.4B(c)(i) and Section 6.4B(f) for each Eligible Member (except
for the Harris (Holland) Individuals) who is a non-HCE is less than $750 (the
“$750 Allocation”), remaining Shares shall be allocated to provide the $750
Allocation for each such Eligible Member who is a non-HCE;

(ii)                                      Any remaining
Shares shall be allocated among the Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible Members
in the proportion that each such Eligible Member’s Common Stock Deferrals for
the Plan Year bears to the Common Stock Deferrals for the Plan Year of all such
Eligible Members (i) up to 75% of the Common Stock Deferrals for each Eligible
Member who is a Harris (Holland) Individual, (ii) if there are remaining
Shares, up to 50% of each such Eligible Member’s (0% for Harris (Holland) Individuals)
Common Stock Deferrals for the Plan Year and (iii) if there are remaining
Shares, up to an additional 50% of each such Eligible Member’s (0% for Harris
(Holland) Individuals) Common Stock Deferrals for the Plan Year attributable to
such Eligible Member’s pre-tax deferrals and after-tax contributions made by
such Eligible Member to the Stock Investment Plan.

(iii)                                   Any remaining Shares
shall be allocated among the Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible Members (other
than Harris (Holland) Individuals) in the proportion that each such Eligible
Member’s Defined Contribution Plan Deferrals for the Plan Year bears to the
Defined Contribution Plan Deferrals for the Plan Year of all such Eligible
Members, up to 25% of each such Eligible Member’s Defined Contribution Plan
Deferrals for the Plan Year.

(d)                  If, for any Plan
Year, the value of Shares released from the Suspense Subfund is less than the
maximum amount which could be allocated in accordance with subsection (c) for allocation to Eligible
Members’ Matching Stock Accounts, in the discretion of the Board of Directors
the Company may make a contribution to the Trustee in cash, Shares or any other
property acceptable to the Trustee so that the amount allocated to each
Eligible Member’s Matching Stock Account will equal up to the maximum amount
described in subsection (c) above. The Board of Directors may direct the
Trustee to use any cash contribution under this subsection (d) either in
accordance with Section 6.1(c) or to make an additional payment on an Exempt
Loan in order to release additional Shares from the Suspense Subfund for
allocation to the Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible Members.

(e)                   If for any Plan
Year, the value of Shares released from the Suspense Subfund is greater than
the maximum amount determined under subsection (c) above for allocation to
Members’ Matching Stock Accounts, such excess value shall be allocated to the

 E-9
 

Matching Stock Accounts
of Eligible Members in the proportion that each such Member’s Stepover boars to
the Stepovers of all such Members, up to 50% of each such Member’s Stepovers.
Notwithstanding the above, no allocations shall be made under subsection (e) to
Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible Members who are Highly Compensated
Employees.

(f)                     To any extent
that Shares released from the Suspense Subfund may not be allocated to Members’
Matching Stock Accounts in accordance with the provisions of subsection (e) or
Section 6.5, such Shares shall be allocated among the Matching Stock Accounts
of Eligible Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees (“non-HCE V) in
the proportion that each such Member’s ESOP Compensation for the Plan Year
bears to the ESOP Compensation of all such Members for the Plan Year, excluding
any Member to the extent such allocation to the Member’s Matching Stock Account
would exceed the maximum permissible amount under Section 6.5 or Section 9.6.
For purposes of this Section 6.4B(f), each Member’s ESOP Compensation shall
include only that ESOP Compensation earned by the Member during the Plan Year
while he was a Member.

(g)                  All cash
dividends on Shares allocated to Members’ Matching Stock Accounts may, as
determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any applicable loan
documents, be used as provided in Section 8.14(b), The Board of Directors may
determine how such dividends may be applied for any Plan Year up to the time
when such dividends are finally allocated to the Matching Stock Accounts of
Members as of the Anniversary Date. Notwithstanding any other provision of the
Plan to the contrary, if dividends on Shares allocated to a Member’s Matching
Stock Account were used for payment of an Exempt Loan, Shares shall be
allocated to the Matching Stock Account of the Member at least equal to the
greater of X or Y. For purposes of this subsection (g), X shall be the number
of Shares having a fair market value equal to the value of the dividends which
would otherwise have been allocated to such Member’s Matching Stock Account for
the Plan Year. For purposes of this subsection (g), Y shall be the number of
Shares released under Section 6,3 with respect to dividends on Shares allocated
to Members’ Matching Stock Accounts and used for payment of an Exempt Loan for
the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction shall
equal the value of dividends used for payment of an Exempt Loan which would
otherwise have been allocated to the Member’s Matching Stock Account for the
Plan Year. The denominator of the fraction shall equal the value of dividends
used for payment of an Exempt Loan for the Plan Year that would otherwise have
been allocated to all Members’ Matching Stock Accounts. For purposes of this
subsection (g), Shares shall be valued as of the Anniversary Date of the Plan
Year in which such dividends would otherwise have been credited to the Matching
Stock Account of the Member. ~

(h)                  Except as
described below, any additional contribution described in Section 6.1(a) which
is not allocated pursuant to Section 6.4B(d) shall be allocated pursuant to
Section 6.4B(e) and (f) as if it were additional amounts released from the
Suspense Subfund. All or part of any such cash contribution may (1) be used to
make an additional payment on an Exempt Loan in order to release additional
Shares from the Suspense Subfund for allocation to the accounts of Eligible
Members pursuant to the preceding sentence or (2) used in accordance with
Section 6.1(c), in which case the exchanged Shares shall be allocated to the
Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible Members (excluding Eligible Members whose
Matching Stock Accounts are being exchanged for the cash contributed pursuant
to Section 6.1(c)) pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 E-10
 

(i)                      This
subsection (i) applies solely for the Plan Year ending in 1998 (“Plan Year
1998”).

(1)                        Solely with
respect to Plan Year 1998, the Company shall calculate, prior to the allocation
under Section 6.4A(f)(xi), for each Eligible Member, (X) the number of Shares
allocated to the Eligible Member pursuant to Section 6.4B(c) - (h) and Section 6AA (excluding allocations under Section 6.4A(f)(iii))
and (Y) the number of Shares which would have been allocated to his Matching
Stock Account if Section 6.4 (but not Sections 6.4A and 6.4B) had been in
effect. X and Y shall be calculated by ignoring all allocations other than
those made for Plan Year 1998. If, for any particular Eligible Member, Y is
greater than X, then the Company shall make a special contribution to be
allocated solely to that Eligible Member so that, subject to Section 6.5, the
total number of Shares allocated to his Matching Stock Account for Plan Year
1998 equals Y. The Company shall not make any contribution for, nor shall any
amount be allocated under this paragraph to, any Member for whom X is equal to
or greater than Y.

(2)                        After
the calculation of the amount described in paragraph (1) above, solely with
respect to Plan Year 1998, the Company shall calculate for each Eligible Member
who is a member of the Associate Group of the Company (A) the total number of
Shares allocated to such Member’s Matching Stock Account, including Shares
allocated under paragraph (1) above, and (B) the sum of (j) the number of
Shares allocated to the Eligible Member pursuant to Section 6.4B(c)-(h) and
6.4A; plus (ii) solely in the case of each such Member who is not a Highly
Compensated Employee, such Member’s Common Stock Deferrals multiplied by 20% of
the rate of match provided on Common Stock Deferrals under Section 6.4B(e)(ii);
or (iii) solely in the case of each such Member who is a Highly Compensated
Employee, 20% of the rate of match provided on Common Stock Deferrals under
Section 6.4B(c)(ii) multiplied by the Member’s ESOP Compensation multiplied by
the Member’s “SPP deferral rate,” as defined in Section 6.1(a)(2)(B). A and B
shall be calculated by ignoring all allocations, deferrals and rates other than
those applicable to Plan Year 1998. If, for any such particular Eligible
Member, B is greater than A, then the Company shall make a special contribution
to be allocated solely to that Eligible Member so that, subject to Section 6.5,
the total number of Shares allocated to his Matching Stock Account for the Plan
Year 1998 equals B. The Company shall not make any contribution for, nor shall
any amount be allocated under this paragraph to, anyMem5cr who is not a member
of the Associate Group or for whom A is equal to or greater than B.

(j)                      Notwithstanding
the foregoing, for purposes of Sections 6.4B(d), (e) or (f), Harris (Holland)
Individuals shall not be treated as Eligible Members.

E.5                 Limitations on
Allocations to Certain Members. Allocations to the Matching Stock
Accounts of Members shall be limited as provided in this Section 6.5.

(a)           For
each Plan Year, all allocations to the Member’s Matching Stock Account with
respect to his Defined Contribution Plan Deferrals shall be limited in
accordance with Section 9.3.

 E-11
 

(i)                           No
allocation to Matching Stock Accounts of Matching Stock Contributions or
Forfeitures (excluding allocations with respect to his Defined Contribution
Plan Deferrals) shall be made to the extent such allocations would result in a
violation of Section 401(a)(4) (as set forth in Appendix D). The foregoing rule
shall be implemented by reducing Matching Stock Contributions with respect to
Stepovers before other Matching Stock Contributions, (For the Plan Year ending
in 1998, such limitations shall be applied first to Section 6.4B(f), then to
Section 6.4B(e), then to Sections 6.4B(c)(iii), then to Section 6.4B(c)(ii) and
6.4, and finally to Section 6.4B(c)(i) (hereinafter referred as the “reverse
allocation order”}.)

(ii)                        No allocation to Matching Stock
Accounts of Matching Stock Contributions or Forfeitures shall be made to the
extent such allocation would result in a. violation
of Code Section 415 or Section 9.6 of the Plan. The ordering rules in Appendix
B. l(b) shall apply for this purpose. For the Plan Year ending in 1998, these
limitations shall be applied in the reverse allocation order.

(iii)                     No allocation to Matching Stock
Accounts of Matching Stock Contributions or Forfeitures shall be made which
would cause Forfeitures of amounts acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan
to be included as annual additions under Code Section 415(c)(6). The foregoing
rule shall be implemented by reducing Matching Stock Contributions with respect
to Stepovers before other Matching Stock Contributions. For the Plan Year
ending in 1998, these limitations shall be applied in the reverse allocation
order.

(iv)                    The foregoing limitations of Section
6.5(b) shall he applied in the following order. Matching Stock Contributions
and those Forfeitures described in Section 6.4 shall be allocated, subject to
this Section 6.5. The limitations of Section 6.5(b)(ii) shall be applied first.
The limitations of Section 6.5(b)(iii) shall be applied second. Forfeitures
shall then be allocated in accordance with Section 6.4A. Finally, Section 9.3
and 6.5(b)(i) shall be applied.

(v)                       Except
as provided in the next sentence, any amounts not allocated pursuant to Section
6.5(b)(i), (ii) or (iii) for the Plan Year ending in 1998 or earlier shall be
allocated to the Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible Members as if such amounts
were additional Shares released from the Suspense Subfund. However, for
subsequent Plan Years (and for the Plan Year ending in 1998, but solely with
respect to-contributions under Section 6.4B(i)), if there are any amounts that
cannot be allocated, contributions (and allocations) shall be correspondingly
reduced pursuant to Section 6. l(a)(2)(F). If contributions have been made and
cannot be legally returned, such amounts described in Section 6.5(b)(i) and
(iii) shall be allocated to (he Matching Stock Accounts of Eligible Members by
increasing the Matching Percentage (but not increasing the amount of
contributions) until all amounts are allocated for the Plan Year; amounts
described in Section 6.5(b)(ii) shall be used as set forth in Appendix B,2(c).
No allocation under this Section 6.5(b)(v) shall be made to the extent the
allocations would result in a violation of the limitations under Section 6.5.

 E-12Exhibit 10.36

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made
and entered into by and between AECOM Technology Corporation (hereinafter
referred to as “AECOM”), a Delaware corporation, having an office at 3250
Wilshire Blvd., Los Angeles, California (hereinafter referred to as “Employer”)
and James R. Royer, an employee of AECOM (hereinafter referred to as “Employee”),
to be contingent upon, and effective as of, the merger of TCB Inc., a Delaware
corporation, into TCB Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

WHEREAS, Employee is
employed by Employer in an executive capacity, has extra­ordinary access to
Employer’s confidential business information, and has significant duties and
responsibilities in connection with the conduct of Employer’s business which
places Employee in a special and uncommon classification of employees; and

WHEREAS, attendant to
Employee’s employment by Employer, Employer and Employee wish for there to be a
complete understanding and agreement between Employer and Employee with respect
to the duties owed by Employee to Employer; Employee’s obligation to retrain
from using or disclosing Employer’s information; the term of employment and
conditions for or upon termination thereof; the ownership of intellectual
property rights arising out of the employment relationship; and the
post-employment obligations Employee and Employer owe to each other; and

WHEREAS, Employee and
Turner Collie & Braden Inc., an AECOM subsidiary, entered into an
employment contract dated                   ,
and it is the desire of both Employer and Employee to void that contract and
enter into this new employment agreement; and

WHEREAS, but for Employee’s
agreement to the covenants and conditions of this Agreement, particularly the
conflict of interest provisions, the provisions with respect to confidentiality
of information and the ownership of intellectual property, and the
post-employment obligations, Employer would not have agreed to the term of this
Agreement or the President’s Stock Bonus Plan, which Employer has adopted for
Employee’s benefit.

NOW, THEREFORE, in
consideration of Employee’s continued employment by Employer and the mutual
promises and covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of such
consideration being hereby acknowledged, Employer and Employee agree as
follows:

1.         General Duties of Employer and Employee:

1.1       Employer agrees to employ
Employee and Employee agrees to accept employment by Employer and to serve
Employer in the capacity of President of TCB INC. and Turner Collie &
Braden Inc. The duties and responsibilities of Employee include those described
for the particular position in the Bylaws of the Employer or other documents of
Employer, and such other or additional duties as may from time-to-time be
assigned to Employee by the Board of Directors

of Employer or any duly authorized committee thereof
or an authorized officer of Employer, which duties are consistent with serving
as President of the Employer. While employed hereunder, the Employee shall
devote his time, efforts, skills and attention to the affairs of Employer in
order that he shall faithfully perform his duties and obligations.

1.2       Employee agrees and
acknowledges that he owes a duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act at
all times in the best interest of the Employer and to do no act which would
injure Employer’s business, its interests or its reputation.

2.         Compensation and Benefits:

2.1       As compensation for
services to Employer, Employer shall pay to Employee during the term of this
Agreement a base annual salary. The salary may be increased (but not
decreased), from time-to-time by the Board of Directors of Employer or any duly
authorized committee thereof. The salary shall be payable in accordance with
Employer’s normal policies, subject to such payroll and withholding deductions
as may be required by law and other deductions applied generally to employees
of Employer for insurance and other employee benefit plans.

2.2       Employee shall be
reimbursed in accordance with Employer’s normal expense reimbursement policy
for all of the actual and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by him in the
performance of his services and duties hereunder, including, but not limited
to, travel and entertainment expenses. Employee shall be entitled to
participate in insurance and such other benefit plans or programs as may be
from time-to-time specifically adopted and approved by Employer for Employee.

3.         Ownership of Information, Ideas, Concepts,
Improvements, Discoveries and Inventions, and all Original Works of Authorship:

3.1       All information, ideas,
concepts, improvements, discoveries and inventions, whether patentable or not,
which are conceived, made, developed or acquired by Employee or which are
disclosed or made known to Employee, individually or in conjunction with
others, during Employee’s employment by Employer and which relate to Employer’s
business, products or services (including all such information relating to
corporate opportunities, research, financial and sales data, pricing and
trading terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects,
the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts
within the customer’s organizations or within the organization of acquisition
prospects, or marketing and merchandising techniques, prospective names and
marks) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Moreover,
all drawings, memoranda, notes, records, files, correspondence, manuals,
models, specifications, computer programs, maps and all other writings or
materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts,
improvements, discoveries and inventions are and shall be the sole and
exclusive property of Employer.

3.2       In particular, Employee
hereby specifically sells, assigns and transfers to Employer

 2
 

all of his worldwide right, title and interest in and
to all such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries or
inventions, and any United States or foreign applications for patents, inventor’s
certificates or other industrial rights that may be filed thereon, and
applications for registration of such names and marks. During the period of
Employee’s employment by Employer and thereafter, Employee shall assist
Employer and its nominee at all times in the protection of such information,
ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries or inventions, both in the United
States and all foreign countries, including but not limited to, the execution
of all lawful oaths and all assignment documents requested by Employer or its
nominee in connection with the preparation, prosecution, issuance or
enforcement of any applications for United States or foreign letters patent,
and any application for the registration of such names and marks.

3.3       Moreover, if during
Employee’s employment by Employer, Employee creates any original work of
authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression which is the subject
matter of copyright (such as, videotapes, written presentations on
acquisitions, computer programs, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models,
manuals, brochures or the like) relating to Employer’s business, products, or
services, whether such work is created solely by Employee or jointly with
others, Employer shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is
prepared by Employee in the scope of his or her employment; or, if the work is
not prepared by Employee within the scope of his or her employment but is
specially ordered by Employer as a contribution to a collective work, as a part
of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a
supplementary work, as a compilation or as an instructional text, then the work
shall be considered to be work made for hire and Employer shall be the author
of the work. In the event such work is neither prepared by the Employee within
the scope of his or her employment or is not a work specially ordered and
deemed to be a work made for hire, then Employee hereby agrees to assign, and
by these presents, does assign, to Employer all of Employee’s worldwide right,
title and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.
Both during the period of Employee’s employment by Employer and thereafter,
Employee agrees to assist Employer and its nominee, at any time, in the
protection of Employer’s worldwide right, title and interest in and to the work
and all rights of copyright therein, including but not limited to, the
execution of all formal assignment documents requested by Employer or its
nominee and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for registration
of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

4.         Employee’s Obligation to Refrain from Using or
Disclosing Information:

4.1       As part of Employee’s
duties to Employer, Employee agrees to protect and safeguard Employer’s
information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries and inventions, and,
except as may be expressly required by Employer, Employee shall not, either
during his or her employment by Employer or thereafter, directly or indirectly,
use for his or her own benefit or for the benefit of another, or disclose to
another, any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries or
inventions; provided, however, nothing herein shall affect the Employee’s right
to (I) use or disclose information which is now or hereafter in the public domain
through no breach by the Employee of his obligations hereunder, or (ii) make
any disclosure

 3
 

required by applicable law or by any applicable
judgment, decree or order of any governmental body or agency.

4.2       Upon termination of his or
her employment with Employer, or at any other time upon request, Employee shall
immediately deliver to Employer all documents embodying any of Employer’s
information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries and inventions.

5.         Term and Termination:

5.1       The employment relationship
established by this Agreement shall continue from the effective date of this
Agreement for a period of five (5) years and then until terminated as specified
in Sections 5.2 through 5.6 below.

5.2       Employer may terminate
Employee’s employment at any time for cause upon the good faith determination
by the Board of Directors of Employer that cause exists for the termination of
the employment relationship. As used herein, the term “cause” shall mean any of
the following events:

5.2.1    any intentional misapplication
of Employer’s funds, or Employee’s conviction of a crime involving moral
turpitude; or

5.2.2    any other action by the
Employee involving willful and deliberate malfeasance or gross negligence in
the performance of Employee’s duties.

Upon reaching a decision that cause exists for the
termination of the employment relationship, the Board of Directors may
terminate the employment relationship by giving written notice of such
termination and the termination shall take effect immediately. In the event the
employment relationship is terminated by Employer for cause pursuant to this
Section, all compensation and benefits shall cease as of the date of
termination (it being specifically agreed that Employee shall not be entitled
to any bonuses not yet paid at the date of termination), other than those
benefits that are provided by retirement and benefit plans and programs
specifically adopted and approved by Employer for its employees that are earned
and vested by the date of termination, and Employee’s pro rata salary through
the date of termination. Employee’s right to exercise stock options and
Employee’s rights in other stock plans, if any, shall remain governed by the
terms and conditions of the appropriate stock plan.

5.3       If during the continuance
of this Agreement, Employee is incapacitated by accident, sickness or otherwise
so as to render Employee mentally or physically incapable of performing the
services required under this Agreement for a period of one hundred eighty (180)
consecutive calendar days, and such incapacity is confirmed by the written
opinion, of two (2) practicing medical doctors licensed by and in good standing
in the state in which they maintain offices for the practice of medicine, upon
the expiration of such period or at any time reasonably thereafter, Employer
may terminate Employee’s employment upon giving Employee a written notice of

 4
 

termination. If the Employee is terminated due to
incapacity under this Section 5.3, Employee will be entitled to those benefits
that are provided by retirement and benefit plans and programs specifically
adopted and approved by Employer for its employees that are earned and vested
at the date of termination. Employee’s right to exercise stock options and
Employee’s rights in other stock plans and other compensation plans, if any,
shall remain governed by the terms and conditions of those plans.

5.4       Employer may terminate the
employment relationship at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without
cause, and may specify in the notice any date of termination of the employment
relationship that it wishes (Employer may if it wishes even terminate the
employment relationship immediately as of the date of the notice). Employee
shall be entitled to those benefits that are provided by retirement and benefit
plans and programs specifically adopted and approved by Employer for its
employees that are earned and vested at the time of the date of termination
specified in the notice. Upon the termination of the employment relationship by
Employer under this Section 5.4, Employee shall be entitled (even though he or
she is no longer employed by Employer) to his or her pro rata salary from the
date of termination of the employment relationship specified in the notice
through the following 12-month period of time, payable in such manner as
Employer selects (including a lump sum discounted to present day value at the
discount rate then utilized by Employer’s bank). This sum shall not be reduced
by such amounts as Employee receives or in the exercise of reasonable diligence
should receive during the 18-month period of time from subsequent employers.
Employee shall be entitled to any bonuses not yet declared at the date of the
termination of employment. Employee’s right to exercise stock options and
Employee’s rights in other stock plans and other compensation plans, if any,
shall remain governed by the terms and conditions of those plans.

5.5       Employee may terminate the
employment relationship at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without
cause, by the giving of sixty (60) days’ written notice. Except as provided in
Section 5.6, upon the termination of the employment relationship by Employee
under this Section 5.5,all
compensation and benefits shall cease as of the date of termination (it being
specifically agreed that Employee shall not be entitled to any bonuses not yet
paid at the date of termination), other than those benefits that are provided
by retirement and benefit plans and programs specifically adopted and approved
by Employer for its employees that are earned and vested by the date of
termination. Employee shall not be entitled to any bonuses not yet paid at the
date of the termination of employment. Employee’s right to exercise stock
options and Employee’s rights in other stock plans and other compensation
plans, if any, shall remain governed by the terms and conditions of those
plans.

5.6       This Agreement shall be
deemed terminated as a result of a “Constructive Discharge” in the event of:
(I) any material reduction in Employee’s job functions, duties or
responsibilities, or a similar change in Employee’s reporting relationships;
(ii) a required relocation of Employee of more than 50 miles from Employee’s
current location; or (iii) a breach by Employer of any of its material
obligations under this Agreement; provided that Employee provides a written
description of the condition which he contends to constitute constructive

 5
 

discharge within thirty (30) day’s after the
occurrence of such event. In the event of such Constructive Discharge, except
as otherwise provided herein, Employer shall be obligated to pay to Employee
the amount of salary and bonus required to be paid to Employee by Employer in
the event of a termination without cause pursuant to the terms of Section 5.4
above. Upon the payments of the aforesaid sums by the Employer, all of Employer’s
obligations to make further payments of compensation to Employee pursuant to
the Agreement shall be terminated. Employer and Employee agree that any
obligation of Employer hereunder with respect to compensation is a material
obligation of Employer under this Agreement, provided that this sentence shall
place no limitation on what other matters may be material obligations of
Employer under this Agreement. Employee’s right to exercise stock options and
Employee’s rights in other stock plans and compensation plans, if any, shall
remain governed by the terms and conditions of those plans.

5.7       Except as provided in
Section 5.6 above, during the continuance of this Agreement, Employee resigns
without giving the requisite thirty (30) days’ notice or otherwise fails or refuses to
continue his or her employment, then, in addition to such rights and remedies
as Employer may be entitled to under the law, Employer may terminate the
employment relationship by the giving of a written notice of termination. All
compensation and benefits shall cease as of the date of such breach by Employee
(it being specifically agreed that Employee shall not be entitled to any
bonuses not yet paid at the date of such breach), other than those benefits
that are provided by retirement and benefit plans and programs specifically
adopted and approved by Employer for its employees that are earned and vested
by the date of such breach. Employee’s right to exercise stock options and
Employee’s rights in other stock plans, if any, shall remain governed by the
terms and conditions of the appropriate stock plan.

5.8       Termination of the
employment relationship between Employer and Employee shall not terminate the
continuing obligations of the parties; e.g., Employer’s obligations to Employee
with respect to benefits that are provided by retirement and benefit plans and
programs specifically adopted and approved by Employer for its employees that
are earned and vested by the date of termination; Employer’s obligations to
Employee with respect to Employee’s right to exercise stock options and
Employee’s rights in other stock plans, if any; Employee’s post-employment
non-competition obligations; Employee’s obligations with respect to Employer’s
confidential information and intellectual property; and Employee’s obligations
to refrain from competing unfairly.

6.         Employee’s Post-Employment Non-Competition
Obligation:

6.1       During the existence of
Employee’s employment by Employer hereunder and for a period of two (2) years
from the date on which he or she shall cease to be employed by Employer for any
reason, whether at the instance of either Employer or Employee and whether
under any Section of Article 5 hereof (the “Obligation Period”), Employee shall
not, acting alone or in conjunction with others, directly or indirectly, in any
of the business territories in which TCB Inc. is at the time of the termination
of employment conducting business or has actively engaged in the pursuit of
business, or has conducted business within two years prior to the date

 6
 

of termination, engage in any business in competition
with the business conducted by Employer at the time of the termination of the
employment relationship, whether for his or her own account or by soliciting,
canvassing or accepting any business or transaction for or from any other
company or business in competition with such business of Employer.

7.         Obligations to Refrain from Competing Unfairly:

7.1       Employee agrees that during
his employment by Employer and following the termination of his employment, for
the duration of the Obligation Period, he shall not, directly or indirectly,
(1) induce, entice, or solicit any employee of Employer to leave his or her
employment, or (b) induce, entice, or solicit any customer of Employer to
terminate any contractual or business relationship with Employer, or (c) in any
other manner use any customer lists or customer leads, mail, telephone numbers,
printed material or material of Employer.

8.         Miscellaneous:

8.1       This Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employer, its successors, legal
representatives and assigns, and upon Employee, his or her heirs, executors,
administrators, representatives and assigns. Employee agrees that his or her
rights and obligations hereunder are personal to him or her and may not be
assigned without the express written consent of Employer.

8.2       This Agreement replaces and
supersedes all previous agreements and discussions relating to the same or
similar subject matters between Employee and Employer and constitutes the
entire agreement between the Employee and Employer with respect to the subject
matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified in any respect by
any verbal statement, representation or agreement made by any employee,
officer, or representative of the Company or by any written agreement unless
signed by an officer of the Company who is expressly authorized by Employer to
execute such document.

8.3       The laws of the State of
Texas will govern the interpretation, validity and effect of this Agreement
without regard to the place of execution or the place for performance thereof,
and Employer and Employee agree that the state and federal courts situated in
Harris County, Texas shall have personal jurisdiction over Employer and
Employee to hear all disputes arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed

 7
 

this Agreement as of February 29, 1996, to be
effective as hereinabove provided.

	
  

  	
  “EMPLOYER”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  AECOM TECHNOLOGY

  
	
   

  	
  CORPORATION

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Joseph A. Incaudo

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Joseph A. Incaudo

  
	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Senior Vice President and Chief

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Financial Officer

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  “EMPLOYEE”

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  /s/ James R.
  Royer

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  James R. Royer

  

 

 8

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00116-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00116-of-00352.parquet"}]]